1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
|
The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Gaunt Gray Wolf, by Dillon Wallace
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
Title: The Gaunt Gray Wolf
A Tale of Adventure With Ungava Bob
Author: Dillon Wallace
Release Date: July 11, 2009 [EBook #29374]
Language: English
Character set encoding: ASCII
*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE GAUNT GRAY WOLF ***
Produced by Don Kostuch
[Transcriber's note: the groups of four question marks below
indicate illegible text in the source page scans]
OFFICERS OF THE NATIONAL COUNCIL
Honorary President, The HON. WOODROW WILSON
Honorary Vice-President, HON. WILLIAM H. TAFT
Honorary Vice-President, COLONEL THEODORE ROOSEVELT
President, COLIN H. LIVINGSTON, Washington D.C.
Vice-President, B. L. DULANY, ????, Tenn.
Vice-President, MILTON A. McRAE, ????
Vice-President, DAVID STARR JORDAN, ????
Vice-President, F. L. SEELY, Asheville, N.C.
Vice-President, A. STANFORD. WHITE, Chicago, Ill.
Chief Scout, ERNEST THOMPSON SETON, ????
National Scout Commissioner, DANIEL CARTER BEARD, ????
FINANCE COMMITTEE
????
NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS
BOY SCOUTS OF AMERICA
THE FIFTH AVENUE BUILDING, 200 FIFTH AVENUE
TELEPHONE GRAMERCY 545
NEW YORK CITY
ADDITIONAL MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD
????
July 31, 1913.
TO THE PUBLIC--
In the execution of its purpose to give educational value and moral
worth to the recreational activities of the boyhood of America, the
leaders of the Boy Scout Movement quickly learned that to effectively
carry out its program, the boy must be influenced not only in his
out-of-door life but also in the diversions of his other leisure
moments. It is at such times that the boy is captured by the tales of
daring enterprises and adventurous good times. What now is needful in
not that his taste should be thwarted but trained. There should
constantly be presented to him the books the boy likes best, yet
always the books that will be best for the boy. As a matter of fact,
however, the boy's taste is being constantly visited and exploited by
the great mass of cheap juvenile literature.
To help anxiously concerned parents and educators to meet this grave
peril, the Library Commission of the Boy Scouts of America has been
organized. EVERY BOY'S LIBRARY is the result of their labors. All the
books chosen have been approved by them. The commission is composed of
the following members: George F. Bowerman, Librarian, Public Library
of the District of Columbia, Washington, D.C.; Harrison W. Graver,
Librarian, Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh, Pa.; Claude G. Leland,
Superintendent, Bureau of Libraries, Board of Education, New York
City; Edward F. Stevens, Librarian, Pratt Institute Free Library,
Brooklyn, New York; together with the Editorial Board of our Movement,
William D. Murray, George D. Pratt and Frank Presbrey, with Franklin
K. Mathiews, Chief Scout Librarian, as Secretary.
In selecting the books, the Commission has chosen only such as are of
interest to boys, the first twenty-five being either works of fiction
or stirring stories of adventurous experiences. In later lists, books
of a more serious sort will be included. It is hoped that as many as
twenty-five may be added to the library each year.
Thanks are due the several publishers who have helped to inaugurate
this new department of our work. Without their co-operation in making
available for popular priced editions some of the best books ever
published for boys, the promotion of EVERY BOY'S LIBRARY would have
been impossible.
We wish, too, to express out heartfelt gratitude to the Library
Commission, who, without compensation, have placed their vast
experience and immense resources at the service of our Movement.
The commission invites suggestions as to future books to be included
in the Library. Librarians, teachers, parents, and all others
interested in welfare work for boys, can render a unique service by
forwarding to National Headquarters lists of such books as in their
judgment would be suitable for EVERY BOY'S LIBRARY.
Signed, James E. West.
THE GAUNT GRAY WOLF
[Illustration: "They were startled by blood-curdling whoops, and a
half-dozen Indians, guns levelled, rose upon the shore" (See page
85).]
EVERY BOY'S LIBRARY--BOY SCOUT EDITION
THE GAUNT GRAY WOLF
A TALE OF ADVENTURE WITH "UNGAVA BOB"
BY
DILLON WALLACE
AUTHOR OF
UNGAVA BOB, ETC., ETC.
ILLUSTRATED
NEW YORK
GROSSET & DUNLAP PUBLISHERS
Made in the United State of America
Copyright, 1914, by
FLEMING H. REVELL COMPANY
New York: 158 Fifth Avenue
Chicago: 17 North Wabash Ave.
London: 21 Paternoster Square
Edinburgh: 75 Princes Street
CONTENTS
I. SHAD TROWBRIDGE OF BOSTON
II. THE LURE OF THE WILDERNESS
III. UNGAVA BOB MAKES A RESCUE
IV. AWAY TO THE TRAILS
V. IN THE FAR WILDERNESS
VI. OLD FRIENDS
VII. WHERE THE EVIL SPIRITS DWELL
VIII. AFTER THE INDIAN ATTACK
IX. THE INDIAN MAIDEN AT THE RIVER TILT
X. THE VOICES OF THE SPIRITS
XI. MANIKAWAN'S VENGEANCE
XII. THE TRAGEDY OF THE RAPIDS
XIII. ON THE TRAIL OF THE INDIANS
XIV. THE MATCHI MANITU IS CHEATED
XV. THE PASSING OF THE WILD THINGS
XVI. ALONE WITH THE INDIANS
XVII. CHRISTMAS AT THE RIVER TILT
XVIII. THE SPIRIT OF DEATH GROWS BOLD.
XIX. THE CACHE ON THE LAKE
XX. THE FOLK AT WOLF BIGHT
XXI. THE RIFLED CACHE
XXII. MANIKAWAN'S SACRIFICE
XXIII. TUMBLED AIR CASTLES
XXIV. THE MESSENGER
XXV. A MISSION OF LIFE AND DEATH
XXVI. "GREATER LOVE HATH NO MAN THAN THIS"
XXVII. SHAD'S TRIBUTE TO THE INDIAN MAIDEN
XXVIII. TROWBRIDGE AND GRAY, TRADERS
XXIX. THE FRUIT OF MANIKAWAN'S SACRIFICE
THE GAUNT GRAY WOLF
I
SHAD TROWBRIDGE OF BOSTON
On a foggy morning of early July in the year 1890, the Labrador mail
boat, northward bound from St. Johns, felt her way cautiously into the
mist-enveloped harbour of Fort Pelican and to her anchorage.
For six days the little steamer had been buffeted by wind and ice and
fog, and when at last her engines ceased to throb and she lay at rest
in harbour, Allen Shadrach Trowbridge of Boston, her only passenger,
felt hugely relieved, for the voyage had been a most unpleasant one,
and here he was to disembark.
In June, Allen Shadrach Trowbridge--or "Shad" Trowbridge as the
fellows called him, and as we shall call him--had completed his
freshman year in college. When college closed he set sail at once for
Labrador, where he was to spend his summer holiday canoeing and
fishing in the wilderness.
This was the first extended journey Shad Trowbridge had ever made
quite alone. For many months he had been planning and preparing for
it, and he promised himself it was to be an eventful experience.
He was standing now at the rail, as the ship anchored, peering eagerly
through the mist at the group of low, whitewashed buildings which
composed Fort Pelican post of the Hudson's Bay Company, and at the dim
outline of dark forest behind--a clean-cut, square-shouldered,
athletic young fellow, who carried his head with the air of one
possessing a fair share of self-esteem and self-reliance, and whose
square jaw suggested wilfulness if not determination.
The rugged surroundings thrilled him with promise of adventure. The
historic post of the old fur traders, the boundless, mysterious
forest, and the romantic life of the trappers and dusky tribes which
it sheltered, were pregnant with interest. But his wildest dreams
could not have foretold the part Shad Trowbridge was destined to play
in this primordial land and life before he should bid farewell to its
bleak coast.
"A rough-looking country," remarked the steward, joining Shad at the
rail.
"It's glorious!" exclaimed Shad enthusiastically. "A real frontier!
And back there is a real wilderness! Just the sort of wilderness I've
dreamed about getting into all my life."
"The deck of the mail boat's about as near as I want to get to it,"
said the steward with a deprecatory shrug. "It's a land o' hard knocks
and short grub. You'd better leave it to the livyeres and Indians,
young man, and go back to God's country with the ship."
"No, thank you," said Shad. "I'm going to have a rattling good summer
hunting and fishing here before I see the ship again."
"When we come on our next voyage, a fortnight from now, you'll be
standing out there on the dock looking for us, and mighty glad to see
us," laughed the steward. "You'll have all you want of The Labrador by
then. Shall I put your things ashore?"
"Yes, if you please--all but the canoe. I'll paddle that over, if
you'll send a man to help me launch it."
"Pooh!" thought Shad, as the steward left him. "'Hard knocks and short
grub'! Of course there would be some hard knocks, but he expected
that, for he was going to rough it! But with the woods full of game
and fish there'd be plenty to eat! He didn't expect any Pullman-car
jaunt; he could have had that at home. What kind of a fellow did the
steward take him for, anyway?"
A half-dozen natives on the boat wharf watched Shad curiously as he
paddled to a low stretch of beach adjoining the wharf, and two of them
strolled down to inspect his canoe when he lifted it out of the water
and turned it upon its side at a safe distance above the lapping
waves.
"Now she's what I calls a rare fine canoe," observed one, a tall,
big-boned, loose-jointed fellow with a straggly red beard, and
picturesquely attired in moleskin trousers tucked into the tops of
sealskin boots, a flannel shirt, a short jacket, and the peakless cap
of the trapper.
"That she be, Ed, an' a wonderful sight better'n th' bark canoes th'
Injuns uses," agreed the other, a powerful, broad-shouldered,
deep-chested man, who wore a light-cloth adicky, but whose dress was
otherwise similar to that of his companion.
"She have better lines than th' Injun craft," said the one addressed
as Ed, eyeing the canoe critically.
"An' she's stancher--a wonderful lot stancher," continued the other.
"She is a pretty good canoe, and a splendid white-water craft," Shad
remarked, to break the ice of reserve, and to give the two trappers
the opening for conversation for which they were evidently hedging.
"Aye, sir," said the man in the adicky, "they's no doot o' that. Her
lines be right, sir. She'd be a fine craft in th' rapids, now--a fine
un."
"Be you comin' far, an' be you goin' back wi' th' ship?" asked Ed,
unable to restrain his curiosity longer.
"I came from Boston, and if I can get a guide I shall stay for the
summer and take a canoe trip into the country," answered Shad.
"I'm thinkin' you can get un in th' shop," suggested Ed.
"Get them in the shop?" asked Shad, in astonishment, not quite certain
whether he was misunderstood, or whether the trapper was making game
of him. Ed's respectful manner, however, quickly satisfied him that
the former was the case.
"Aye," said Ed. "They keeps a wonderful stock o' things in the shop."
"I refer to a man," explained Shad. "I wish to employ a man to go into
the country with me to show me about and to assist me."
"'Tis a pilot you wants!" exclaimed Ed, light breaking upon him.
"O' course 'tis a pilot!" broke in the other, with an intonation that
suggested scorn of Ed's ignorance. "A pilot an' a guide be th' same
thing. A pilot be a guide, an' a guide be a pilot."
"I'd like wonderful well t' pilot you myself, sir, but I couldn't do
it nohow," volunteered Ed, in a tone of apology. "You see, I has my
nets out, an' I has t' get in firewood for th' wife, t' last she
through th' winter whilst I be on th' trail trappin'. An Dick here's
fixed th' same. Dick an' me's partners fishin', an' he gives me a hand
gettin' out wood, an' I helps he. This be Dick Blake, sir," continued
Ed, suddenly remembering that there had been no introduction, "an' I
be Ed Matheson."
"I'm glad to make your acquaintance, gentlemen," Shad acknowledged.
"My name is Trowbridge. Perhaps you may be able to tell me where I can
employ a guide. I would appreciate your assistance."
"Le'me see," Ed meditated. "Now I'm thinkin' Ungava Bob might go," he
at length suggested. "He were home th' winter, an' they hauled a rare
lot o' wood out wi' th' dogs, an' his father can 'tend th' nets. What
d'you think, Dick?"
"Aye, Ungava Bob could sure go, whatever," agreed Dick.
"'Ungava Bob' sounds interesting," said Shad. "How old a man is this
Ungava Bob, and is that his real name, or is 'Ungava' a title?"
"He's but a lad-eighteen year old comin' September--but a rare likely
lad--good as a man. Aye, good as a man," declared Ed.
"His real name be Bob Gray," explained Dick, "but we calls him 'Ungava
Bob' for a wonderful cruise he were makin' two year ago comin'
winter."
"Seventeen years of age, and already so famous as to have won a title!
I'm interested, and I'd like to hear more about him," suggested Shad.
"An' you wants t' hear," said Ed. "But now we be a-standin' an'
a-keepin' you, when you wants t' see Mr. Forbes."
"Yes, I wish to see Mr. Forbes, if he is the factor of the post, but
you haven't detained me in the least. I can see him presently,"
reassured Shad.
"Mr. Forbes be wonderful busy till th' ship goes, an' she'll be here
for nigh an hour yet," advised Ed.
"Very well, I'll not call on him, then, till the ship goes," decided
Shad, "and I'd be glad to hear something of Ungava Bob's travels, in
the meantime."
"We might step into th' men's kitchen, where there be seats an' we can
talk in comfort," suggested Ed. "This fog be wonderful chillin'
standin' still."
"That's a good suggestion," agreed Shad. "The fog is cold." And he
followed the two trappers down the long board walk to the men's
kitchen.
II
THE LURE OF THE WILDERNESS
"Ungava Bob's father's name be Richard Gray," began Ed, while he cut
tobacco from a black plug and stuffed it into his pipe, when they were
presently seated in the men's kitchen. "Dick's name, here, be Richard,
too, but we calls he 'Dick,' and Richard Gray, Richard,' so's not t'
get un mixed up. You see, if we calls un both 'Dick' or both
'Richard,' we'd never be knowin' who 'twas were meant."
"I see," said Shad.
"Well, Richard were havin' a wonderful streak o' bad luck," continued
Ed, striking a match and holding it aloft for the sulphur to burn off,
"wonderful hard luck. His furrin' fails he two years runnin', an' then
th' fishin' fails he, an' his debt wi' th' Company gets so big he's
two year behind, whatever, th' best he does." Ed paused to apply the
match to his pipe.
"Were you ever noticin', Mr. Toobridge--"
"Tumbridge," corrected Dick.
"Be it 'Toobridge' or 'Tumbridge,' sir?" asked Ed, unwilling to accept
Dick's correction.
"Trowbridge."
"Leastways Toobridge were nigher right than Tumbridge," declared Ed,
looking disdainfully at Dick. "Were you ever noticin' how bad luck,
when she strikes a man's trail, follows him like a pack o' hungry
wolves? Well, just at th' time I'm speakin' about, Richard's little
maid Emily falls off a ledge an' hurts she so she can't walk. They
tries all th' cures they knows, but 't weren't no good, an' then they
brings Emily here t' Pelican, t' see th' mail-boat doctor when th'
ship comes.
"Th' mail-boat doctor tells un th' only cure is t' take she t' th'
hospital in St. Johns, an' so they fetches Emily back t' Wolf Bight,
for a trip t' St. Johns takes a wonderful lot o' money, an' Richard
ain't got un.
"Bob thinks a wonderful lot o' Emily. He be only sixteen then, but a
rare big an' stalwart lad for his years, an' unbeknown t' Richard an'
his ma he goes t' Douglas Campbell, an' says t' Douglas, an' he lets
he work th' Big Hill trail on shares th' winter, he's thinkin' he may
ha' th' luck t' trap a silver fox, an' leastways fur t' pay t' send
Emily t' th' hospital."
"Who is Douglas Campbell?" asked Shad.
"Oh, every one knows he, an' a rare old man he be. He comes t' th' Bay
from th' Orkneys nigh forty year ago, workin' as servant for th'
Company, an' then leavin' th' Company t' go trappin'. He done
wonderful well, buyin' traps an' openin' new trails, which he lets out
on shares. Th' Big Hill trail up th' Grand River were a new one.
"Well, Bob goes in wi' me an' Dick an' Bill Campbell, Douglas's lad,
we workin' connectin' trails, an' he done fine. He starts right in
catchin' martens an' silver foxes--a wonderful lot for a lad--"
"He only catches one silver, barrin' th' one after he were lost!"
broke in Dick. "Now don't go yarnin', Ed."
"Leastways, he gets one silver an' a rare lot o' martens an' otters up
t' Christmas, an' a plenty t' send Emily t' th' hospital.
"Then Micmac John--he were a thievin' half-breed as asks Douglas for
th' Big Hill trail, an' feels a grudge ag'in' Bob because Douglas give
un t' Bob--Micmac goes in an' steals Bob's tent when Bob were up
country after deer. A snow comin' on--'twere wonderful cold--Bob gives
out tryin' t' find his tilt, an' falls down, an' loses his senses.
When he wakes up he's in a Nascaupee Injun tent, th' Injuns comin' on
he where he falls an' takin' he with un.
"Bob not knowin' th' lingo they speaks, an' they not knowin' his
lingo, an' he not knowin' how far they took he before he wakes up, or
rightly how t' find his tilt, he sticks t' the' Injuns, an' they keeps
workin' north till they comes t' Ungava."
"A wonderful trip that were! A wonderful trip! No man in th' Bay were
ever t' Ungava before, so we calls he 'Ungava Bob,'" interrupted Dick.
"Then Bob works 'cross th' nu'th'ard country with huskies," continued
Ed, "an' up th' coast with huskies, until he goes adrift on th'
ice--him an' his two huskies he has with he--an' when they thinks
they's lost, or like t' be lost, they comes on a tradin' vessel froze
in th' ice an' loaded wi' tradin' goods an' furs, an' not e'er a man
aboard she. Bob an' th' huskies sails th' vessel in here, when th' ice
breaks up, an' th' ship goes free.
"That were just one year ago. Me an' Dick gets out from th' trails th'
day Bob gets home, an' Douglas goin' with us, we sails th' vessel,
which were 'The Maid o' the North,' t' St. Johns, an' Bob gets fifteen
thousand dollars salvage money. A rare lot o' money, sir, that were
for any man t' have, let alone a lad."
"What happened to the little girl--his sister?" asked Shad.
"She goes t' th' hospital, an' comes back t' Wolf Bight in September,
cured an' fine. She be a fine little maid, too--a fine little maid,"
Ed asserted.
"What was done to the half-breed Indian--Micmac John, I think you
called him?"
"Micmac? Oh, he were killed by wolves handy t' th' place th' Injuns
finds Bob. Me, wi' Bill an' Dick, here, goes lookin' for Bob an' finds
Micmac's bones where th' wolves scatters un, an' handy to un is Bob's
flatsled an' thinkin' they's Bob's remains I hauls un out in th'
winter, an' his folks buries un proper for his remains before he gets
out in th' spring."
"What an experience for a kid!" exclaimed Shad. "He must have had some
rattling adventures?"
"Aye, that he did," said Ed. "'Twould be a long story t' tell un all,
but there were one, now--"
"Now don't go yarnin', Ed," interrupted Dick, who had stepped out of
doors and returned at this moment. "Ed never tells un straight, Mr.
Trunbridge."
"Troobridge," broke in Ed.
"Trowbridge," volunteered Shad.
"Mr. Trowbridge," continued Dick. "He makes un a lot worse'n Bob tells
un. Fog's clearin', Ed, an' we better be goin' after we eats dinner."
"That we had, an' the fog's clearin'," agreed Ed.
"But how about Ungava Bob? I'd like to meet him. Do you really think I
may be able to engage him to guide me on a two or three weeks' trip?"
asked Shad.
"Aye," said Ed. "I'm thinkin', now, you might. Bob's not startin' for
th' trails for three weeks, whatever, an' he's bidin' home till he
goes, an' not wonderful busy. I'm thinkin' Bob could go."
"That settles it," Shad decided. "I'll look him up."
"You'll be welcome t' a place in our boat," suggested Dick. "'Tis a
two-days' sail, wi' fair wind. They's plenty o' room, an' we can tow
th' canoe. Me an' Ed lives at Porcupine Cove, an' you can paddle th'
canoe over from there t' Wolf Bight in half a day, whatever."
"Done!" exclaimed Shad.
With the assurance of Mr. James Forbes, the factor, that the rivers
flowing into the head of the Bay, a hundred miles inland from Fort
Pelican, offered good canoe routes, Shad felt that a kind fate had
indeed directed him to Fort Pelican, and that he had been particularly
fortunate in meeting the two trappers.
"Bob Gray will be a good man for you if you can engage him, and I
think you can," said Mr. Forbes. "Bob has had some truly remarkable
adventures, and he's an interesting chap. Ed Matheson will probably
relate these adventures to you, properly embellished, if you go up the
Bay with him and Dick Blake. Take Ed's stories, though, with a grain
of salt. He is a good trapper, but he has a vivid imagination."
Shad accepted Mr. Forbes's invitation to dine in the "big house," as
the factor's residence was called, and when, after dinner, Mr. Forbes
accompanied him to the wharf, the trappers had already stowed his
outfit into their boat, and the two mean were awaiting his arrival. No
time was lost in getting away. Sail was hoisted at once, and with
Shad's canoe in tow the boat turned westward into the narrows that
connect Eskimo Bay with the ocean.
"Th' wind's shifted t' nu'th'ard, and when we gets through th' narrows
there'll be no fog," Dick prophesied, and his prophecy proved true.
Presently the sky cleared, the sun broke through the mist, the
freshening north wind swept away the last lingering fog bank, and as a
curtain rises upon a scene, so the lifting fog revealed to Shad
Trowbridge the weird, primitive beauty of the rugged northland that he
was entering.
The atmosphere, so lately clogged with mist, had suddenly become
transparent. To the southward, beyond a broad stretch of gently
heaving waters, rose a range of snow-capped mountains, extending far
to the westward. Reaching up from the nearby northern shore of the
bay, and stretching away over gently rolling hills lay the boundless
evergreen forest.
Somewhere in the distance a wild goose honked. White-winged gulls
soared gracefully overhead. Now and again a seal rose to gaze for an
inquisitive moment at the passing boat, and once a flock of ducks
settled upon the waters. The air was redolent with the pungent odour
of spruce and balsam fir--the perfume of the forest--and Shad,
lounging contentedly at the bow of the boat, drank in great wholesome
lungfuls of it.
All this was commonplace to the trappers, and quite unmindful of it Ed
Matheson launched upon tales of stirring wilderness adventures in
which his imagination was unrestrained, save by an occasional
expostulation from Dick.
The wild region through which they were passing gave proper setting
for Ed's stories, and Shad, a receptive listener, wished that he, too,
might battle with nature as these men did. How tame and uneventful his
own life seemed. Already the subtle lure of the wilderness was
asserting itself.
Three days after leaving Fort Pelican, Shad and the two trappers
sailed their dory into Porcupine Cove. It was mid-afternoon, and Shad,
impatient to reach Wolf Bight and begin his explorations in company
with Ungava Bob, prepared for immediate departure, after a bountiful
dinner of boiled grouse, bread, and tea in Dick Blake's cabin.
"Better 'bide wi' me th' evenin'," invited Dick, "an' take an early
start in th' mornin'. Th' wind's veered t' th' nor'-nor'west, an'
she's like t' kick up some chop th' evenin', an' 'tis a full
half-day's cruise t' Wolf Bight, whatever."
"I can make it all right," insisted Shad. "Bob may not be able to give
me much time, and I want to take advantage of all he can give me."
"Well, if you must be goin', I'd not hinder you; but," continued Dick,
"keep clost t' shore, until you reaches that p'int yonder, an' then
make th' crossin' for th' south shore, keepin' that blue mountain peak
just off your starboard bow, an' you can't be missin' Wolf Bight. If
th' wind freshens, camp on th' p'int, an' wait for calm t' make th'
crossin' t' th' s'uth'ard shore."
"Thank you, I'll follow your advice," said Shad.
"Wait, now," called Ed, who had disappeared into the cabin, and
reappeared with a rope. "I'm thinkin' I'll lash your outfit t' th'
canoe. They's no knowin' what's like t' happen, an' 'tis best t' be
sure, whatever."
Shad felt truly grateful to the two bronzed trappers as he shook their
hands and said adieu to them. It was only his impatience to plunge
into the deep forests reaching away to the westward, and a growing
curiosity to meet Ungava Bob, that induced him to decline the
sincerely extended hospitality of Blake and Matheson.
Afternoon was waning into evening when Shad reached the point Dick had
indicated, and the rising breeze was beginning to whip the wave crests
here and there into white foam.
Dick Blake had advised him to camp here if the wind increased. It had
increased considerably, but Shad had set his heart upon reaching Wolf
Bight that night, and he did not wish to stop. The sun was setting,
but there was to be a full moon, and he would be able to see nearly as
well as by day. The sea, though a little rougher than it had been
during the afternoon, was not, after all, he argued, so bad.
"I'll make a try for it, anyhow; I know I can make it," said he, after
a little hesitation, and turning his back upon the point he paddled
on.
Presently, however, he began to regret his decision. With the setting
sun the wind increased perceptibly. The sea grew uncomfortably rough.
Little by little the canoe began to ship water, and with every moment
the situation became more perilous.
Now, genuinely alarmed, Shad made a vain attempt to turn about, in the
hope that he might gain the lee of the point and effect a landing. But
it was too late. He quickly found that it was quite impossible to stem
the wind, and he had no choice but to continue upon his course.
With full realization of his desperate position, Shad paddled hard and
paddled for his life. He was a good swimmer, but he knew well that
were his canoe to capsize he could not hope to survive long in these
cold waters.
The canoe was gradually filling with water, but he dared not release
his paddle to bail the water out. With each big sea that bore down
upon him he held his breath in fear that it would overwhelm him.
Nearer and nearer the south shore loomed in the moonlight, and with
every muscle strained Shad paddled for it with all his might. If he
could only keep afloat another twenty minutes!
But he had taken too desperate a chance. His goal was still a full
mile away when a great wave broke over the canoe. Then came another
and another in quick succession, and Shad suddenly found himself cast
into the sea, struggling in the icy waters, hopelessly far from shore.
III
UNGAVA BOB MAKES A RESCUE
Twilight was settling into gloom, and the first faint stars were
struggling to show themselves above the distant line of dark fir and
spruce trees that marked the edge of the forest bordering Eskimo Bay.
Dark cloud patches scudding across the sky, now and again obscured the
face of the rising moon. A brisk northwest breeze was blowing, and
though it was mid-July the air had grown chill with the setting of the
sun.
Ungava Bob, alone in his boat, arose, buttoned his jacket, trimmed
sail, and by force of habit stood with his left hand resting upon the
tiller while he scanned the moonlit waters of the bay before resuming
his seat.
He was a tall, square-shouldered, well-developed lad of seventeen,
straight and lithe as an Indian, with keen, gray-blue eyes, which
seemed ever alert and observant. Exposure to sun and wind had tanned
his naturally fair skin a rich bronze, and his thick, dark-brown hair,
with a tendency to curl up at the ends, where it fell below his cap,
gave his round, full face an appearance of boyish innocence.
He was now homeward bound to Wolf Bight from the Hudson's Bay
Company's post on the north shore, where he had purchased a supply of
steel traps and other equipment preparatory to his next winter's
campaign upon the trapping trails of the far interior wilderness; for
Bob Gray, though but seventeen years of age, was already an
experienced hunter and trapper.
Suddenly, as he looked over the troubled sea, a small black object
rising upon the crest of a wave far to leeward caught his eye. The
small black object was Shad's canoe, and one with less keen vision
might have passed it unnoticed, or seeing it have supposed it belated
debris cast into the bay by the rivers, for the spring floods had
hardly yet fully subsided. But Bob's training as a hunter taught him
to take nothing for granted, and, watching intently for its
reappearance from the trough of the sea, he presently discerned in the
moonlight the faint glint of a paddle.
"A canoe!" he exclaimed, as he sat down. "An' what, now, be an Injun
doin' out there this time o' night? An' Injuns never crosses where
this un be. I'll see, now, who it is, an' what he's up to, whatever,"
and, suiting the action to the resolve, he shifted his course to bear
down upon the stranger.
The hunter instinctively attributes importance to every sign, sound,
or action that is not in harmony with the usual routine of his world,
and by actual investigation he must needs satisfy himself of its
meaning. This is not idle curiosity, but an instinct born of necessity
and life-long training, and it was this instinct that prompted Ungava
Bob's action in turning from his direct course homeward.
"'Tis no Injun," he presently said, as with a nearer approach he
observed the stroke. "'Tis too long an' slow a paddle-stroke."
This puzzled him, for he knew well every white settler of the Bay
within a hundred miles of his home, and he knew, too, that only some
extraordinary mission could have called one of them abroad so late in
the evening, and particularly upon the course this canoe was taking at
a season of the year when all were employed upon their fishing
grounds.
Gradually he drew down upon the canoe, until at length he could make
out its lines, and observed that it was not a birch bark, the only
sort of canoe in use in the Bay by either Indians or white natives.
The canoeist, too, was a stranger in the region. Of this he had no
doubt, though he could not see his features.
He was well within hailing distance, though it was evident the
stranger in the canoe had not yet discovered his approach, when a
black cloud passed over the face of the moon, plunging the sea into
darkness, and when the moon again lighted the waters canoe and
canoeist had vanished as by magic.
Like a flash, realising what had happened, Bob seized a coil of rope,
made one end fast to the stern of his boat, grasped the coil in his
right hand, and, tense and expectant, scanned the sea for the
reappearance of the unfortunate stranger.
Presently he discovered the submerged canoe directly ahead, and an
instant later saw Shad rise to the surface, strike out for it, and
catch and cling to the gunwale.
Bob poised himself for the effort, and as he scudded past, measuring
the distance to a nicety, deftly cast the line directly across the
canoe and within the reach of Shad's hand, shouting as he did so:
"Make un fast!"
Without looking for the result, he sprang forward, lowered sail,
shipped the oars, pulled the boat about, and Shad, who had caught the
rope, had scarcely time to thrust it under a thwart and secure it
before Bob, drawing alongside, caught him by the collar of his shirt
and hauled him aboard the boat. Seizing the oars again, and pulling
safely free from danger of collision with the canoe, Bob hoisted sail,
brought the boat before the wind, and resuming his seat astern had his
first good look at his thus suddenly acquired passenger.
Shad, amidships, was engaged in drawing off his outer flannel shirt,
from which he coolly proceeded to wring, as thoroughly as possible,
the excess water, before donning it again.
Not a word had passed between them, and neither spoke until Shad had
readjusted his shirt, when, by way of opening conversation, Bob
remarked:
"You'm wet, sir."
"Naturally," admitted Shad. "I've been in the Bay, and the bay water
is surprisingly wet."
"Aye," agreed Bob, "'tis that."
"And surprisingly cold."
"Aye, 'tis wonderful cold."
"And I'm profoundly grateful to you for pulling me out of it."
"'Twere fine I comes up before your canoe founders, or I'm thinkin'
you'd be handy t' drownded by now."
"A sombre thought, but I guess you're right. A fellow couldn't swim
far or stick it out long in there," said Shad, waving his arm toward
the dark waters. "I'm sure I owe my life to you. It was lucky for me
you saw me."
"'Tweren't luck, sir; 'twere Providence. 'Twere th' Lord's way o'
takin' care o' you."
"Well, it was a pretty good way, anyhow. But where did you drop from?
I didn't see you till you threw me that line a few minutes ago."
"I were passin' t' wind'ard, sir, when I sights you, an' not knowin'
who 'twere, I sails close in till I makes you out as a stranger, an'
then you goes down an' I picks you up."
"That sounds very simple, but it was a good stunt, just the same, to
get me the line and come around in this chop the way you did, and then
haul me aboard before I knew what you were about--you kept your head
beautifully, and knew what to do--and you only a kid, too!" added
Shad, in surprise, as the moonlight fell full on Bob's face.
"A--kid?" asked Bob, not quite certain what "kid" might be.
"Yes--just a youngster--a boy."
"I'm seventeen," Bob asserted, in a tone which resented the imputation
of extreme youth. "You don't look much older'n that yourself."
"But I am--much older--I'm eighteen," said Shad, grinning. "My
name's Trowbridge--Shad Trowbridge, from Boston. What is your name?
Let's get acquainted," and Shad extended his hand.
"I'm Bob Gray, o' Wolf Bight," said Bob, taking Shad's hand.
"Not Ungava Bob?" exclaimed Shad.
"Aye, they calls me Ungava Bob here-abouts sometimes."
"Why, I was on my way to Wolf Bight to see you!"
"T' see me, sir?"
"Yes, I came up from Fort Pelican to Porcupine Cove with two trappers
named Blake and Matheson, and they told me about you. They said I
might induce you to take a trip with me."
"A trip with you, sir?"
"Yes. I want to take a little canoe and fishing trip into the country,
and Blake and Matheson suggested that you might have two or three
weeks to spare and could go along with me. I'll pay you well for your
services. What do you think of it?"
"I'm--not just knowin'," Bob hesitated. "I leaves for my trappin'
grounds th' first o' August t' be gone th' winter, an'--I'm thinkin' I
wants t' stay home till I goes--an' my folks'll be wantin' me home."
"Well, let's not decide now. We'll talk it over to-morrow."
"You'm cold," said Bob, after a moment's silence, reaching into a
locker under his seat and bringing out a moleskin adicky. "Put un on.
She's fine and warm."
"Thank you. I'm thoroughly chilled," Shad admitted, gratefully
accepting the adicky and drawing it on over his wet clothing.
"Pull th' hood up," suggested Bob. "'Twill help warm you."
"There, that's better; I'll soon be quite comfortable."
"We don't seem to be making much headway," Shad remarked, observing
the shore after a brief lapse in conversation.
"No," said Bob, "th' canoe bein' awash 'tis a heavy drag towin' she,
but we'll soon be in th' lee, an' out o' danger o' th' sea smashin'
she ag'in' th' boat, an' then I'll haul she alongside an' bring your
outfit aboard."
They were slowly approaching the south shore and presently, as Bob had
predicted, ran under the lee of a long point of land, where in calmer
water the canoe was manoeuvred alongside, and Shad's outfit, so
fortunately and securely lashed fast by Ed Matheson, was found intact,
save the paddle which Shad had been using.
The things were quickly transferred to the boat, and, this
accomplished, Bob bailed the canoe free of water, dropped it astern,
now a light and easy tow, and catching the breeze again in the open,
turned at length into Wolf Bight, where he made a landing on a sandy
beach.
"That's where I lives," said Bob, indicating a little log cabin,
sharply silhouetted against the moonlit sky, on a gentle rise above
them.
When the canoe, quite unharmed, was lifted from the water and all made
snug, Shad silently followed up the path and into the door of the
darkened cabin, where Bob lighted a candle, displaying a large square
room, the uncarpeted floor scoured to immaculate whiteness, as were
also the home-made wooden chairs, a chest of drawers, and uncovered
table.
There were two windows on the south side and one on the north side,
all gracefully draped with snowy muslin. A clock ticked cheerfully on
a rude mantel behind a large box stove. To the left of the door, a
rough stairway led to the attic, and the rear of the room was
curtained off into two compartments, the spotlessly clean curtains of
a pale blue and white checked print, giving a refreshing touch of
colour to the room which, simply as it was furnished, possessed an
atmosphere of restfulness and homely comfort that impressed the
visitor at once as cosy and wholesome.
"My folks be all abed," explained Bob, as he placed the candle on the
table, "but we'll put a fire on an' boil th' kettle. A drop o' hot
tea'll warm you up after your cold souse."
"I would appreciate it," said Shad, his teeth chattering.
"Be that you, Bob?" asked a voice from behind the curtain.
"Aye, Father," answered Bob, "an' I has a gentleman with me, come t'
visit us."
"Now that be fine. I'll be gettin' right up," said the voice.
"Put a fire on, lad, an' set th' kettle over," suggested a woman's
voice, "an' I'll be gettin' a bite t' eat."
"Please don't leave your bed," pleaded Shad. "It will make me feel
that I am causing a lot of trouble. Bob and I will do very nicely."
"'Tis no trouble, sir--'tis no trouble at all," the man's voice
assured.
"Oh, no, sir; 'tis no trouble," echoed the woman's voice. "'Tis too
rare a pleasure t' have a visitor."
Both spoke in accents of such honest welcome and hospitality that Shad
made no further objection.
The fire was quickly lighted, and Shad, as the stove began to send out
its genial warmth, had but just removed his borrowed adicky when the
curtain parted and Mr. and Mrs. Gray appeared.
"Mr. Trowbridge, this be Father and Mother," said Bob; adding as a
second thought, "Mr. Trowbridge lives in Boston."
"'Tis fine t' see a stranger, sir," welcomed Richard Gray, as he shook
Shad's hand warmly, "an' from Boston, too! I have hearn th' fishermen
o' th' coast tell o' Boston more'n once, but I never were thinkin'
we'd have some one from Boston come t' our house! An' you comes all
th' way from Boston, now?"
"Yes," admitted Shad, "but I feel sure I'm causing you and Mrs. Gray
no end of inconvenience, coming at this time of night."
"Oh, no, sir! 'Tis no inconvenience in th' least. We're proud t' have
you," assured Mrs. Gray, taking his hand. "Why, you'm wet, sir!" she
exclaimed, noticing Shad's clinging garments, and her motherly
instinct at once asserted itself. "You must have a change. Bob, lad,
hold th' candle, now, whilst I get some dry clothes."
"Please don't trouble yourself. I'm very comfortable by the fire;
indeed, I am," Shad protested.
But Bob nevertheless held the candle while his mother selected a suit
of warm underwear, a pair of woollen socks, a flannel outer shirt, and
a pair of freshly washed white moleskin trousers from the chest of
drawers.
"These be Bob's clothes, but they'll be a handy fit for you, I'm
thinkin', for Bob an' you be as like in size as two duck's eggs," she
commented, looking the two over for comparison. "Now, Bob, light a
candle an' show Mr. Trowbridge above stairs. When you're changed, sir,
bring your wet things down, an' we'll hang un by th' stove t' dry."
"You're very kind, Mrs. Gray," said Shad gratefully, turning to follow
Bob.
In the attic were three bunks spread with downy Hudson's Bay Company
blankets, two stools, and a small table. It contained no other
furniture, but was beautifully clean. There was an open window at
either end, one looking toward the water, the other toward the spruce
forest, and the atmosphere, bearing the perfume of balsam and fir, was
fresh and wholesome.
"I sleeps here," informed Bob, placing the candle on the table and
indicating one of the bunks, "an' you may have either o' th' other
beds you wants. Now whilst you changes, sir, I'll bring up th' things
from th' boat. Here's a pair o' deerskin moccasins. Put un on," he
added, selecting a new pair from several hanging on a peg.
Shad made his toilet leisurely, and as he turned to descend the stairs
with his wet garments on his arm he met the appetising odour of frying
fish, which reminded him that he had eaten nothing since mid-day and
was ravenously hungry.
In the room below he found the table spread with a white cloth. A
plate of bread and a jar of jam were upon it, and at the stove Mrs.
Gray was transferring from frying-pan to platter some deliciously
browned brook trout. Bob, with his father's assistance, had brought up
Shad's belongings from the boat, and Richard was critically examining
Shad's repeating rifle.
"Let me have un," said he, putting down the gun, and reaching for the
wet garments on Shad's arm proceeded at once to spread them upon a
line behind the stove.
"Set in an' have a bite, now. You must be wonderful hungry after your
cruise," invited Mrs. Gray.
"'Tis only trout an' a bit o' bread an' jam an' a drop o' tea,"
Richard apologised, as he joined Shad and Bob at the table, "but we
has t' do wi' plain eatin' in this country, an' be content with what
th' Lord sends us."
"Trout are a real luxury to me," assured Shad. "We are seldom able to
get them at home, and a trout supper is a feast to be remembered."
"Well, now! Trout a luxury!" exclaimed Richard. "About all we gets t'
eat in th' summer is trout an' salmon, an' we're glad enough when th'
birds flies in th' fall."
"What birds do you get?" asked Shad.
"Duck and geese, and there's plenty of partridge in the winter,"
explained Richard.
"An' I were thinkin', now, you might not care for un," said Mrs. Gray.
"I'm wonderful glad you likes un."
Richard asked the blessing, and then invited Shad to "fall to," and
frequently urged him to take more trout and not to be "afraid of un,"
a quite unnecessary warning in view of Shad's long fast and naturally
vigorous appetite.
"Mr. Trowbridge wants me t' go on a fortnight's trip up th' country
with he," remarked Bob, as they ate.
"A trip up th' country?" inquired Richard.
"Yes," said Shad, "a fishing and canoeing trip."
"But Bob's t' be wonderful busy makin' ready for th' trappin',"
Richard objected.
"So he tells me," said Shad, "but perhaps if we talk it over to-morrow
you can make some suggestion."
"Aye," agreed Richard, with evident relief, "we'll talk un over
to-morrow."
When the meal was finished, Richard devoutly offered thanks, after the
manner of the God-fearing folk of the country.
The mantel clock struck two as they arose from the table. Dawn was
breaking, for at this season of the year the Labrador nights are
short, and Shad, at the end of his long and eventful day, was quite
content to follow Bob above stairs to his attic bunk.
IV
AWAY TO THE TRAILS
Sunshine was streaming through the open south window of the attic when
Shad awoke. Just outside the window a jay was screeching noisily.
Bob's bunk was vacant. It was evident that Shad had slept long and
that the hour was late, and he sprang quickly from his bed and
consulted his watch, but the watch, flooded with water when the canoe
capsized the night before, had stopped.
He paused for a moment at the open window to look out upon the nearby
forest and expand his lungs with delicious draughts of the fragrant
air. It was a glorious day, and as he left the window to make a hasty
toilet his nerves tingled in eager anticipation, for he was at last at
the threshold of the great Labrador wilderness--his land of dreams and
romance. He was certain it held for him many novel experiences and
perhaps thrilling adventures. And he was not to be disappointed.
His clothes, which Richard had hung to dry by the stove the night
before, lay on a stool at his bedside, neatly folded. Some one had
placed them there while he slept. He donned them quickly, and
descending to the living-room found the table spread and Mrs. Gray
preparing to set a pot of tea to brew.
"Good morning, sir," she greeted, adding solicitously: "I hopes you
had a good rest, and feels none the worse for gettin' wet last
evenin'."
"Good morning," said Shad. "I rested splendidly, thank you, and feel
fine and dandy. Whew!" he exclaimed, glancing at the mantel clock.
"Twelve o'clock!"
"Aye. We was wonderful careful t' be quiet an' not wake you, sir," she
explained. "'Tis well t' have plenty o' rest after a wettin' in
th' Bay. Dinner's just ready," and going to the open door she called,
"Emily! Emily!"
A young girl, perhaps twelve years of age, quickly entered in response
to the summons. She was clad in a cool, fresh print frock and wore
deerskin moccasins upon her feet. Her wavy chestnut-brown hair,
gathered with a ribbon, hung down her back; her oval face, lighted by
big blue eyes, was tanned a healthy brown, and Shad thought her a
rather pretty and altogether wholesome looking child, as she paused in
confusion at the threshold upon seeing him.
"Emily, dear, get Mr. Trowbridge a basin o' water, now; he's wantin'
t' wash up," directed Mrs. Gray. "Mr. Trowbridge, this is our little
maid, Emily."
"I'm glad to know you, Emily," said Shad courteously. "Have you quite
recovered from your injury? When I was at Fort Pelican I heard all
about you and your trip to St. Johns."
"I's fine now, thank you, sir," answered Emily, flushing to the roots
of her hair.
"Yes, Emily's fine an' well now, sir," assured Mrs. Gray, as Emily
turned to fill the basin of water. "But she were wonderful bad after
her fall till she goes t' th' hospital in St. Johns t' be cured.
They's a fresh towel on the peg above th' bench, sir, an' a comb on
th' shelf under th' mirror by th' window," she continued, as Emily
placed a basin of water on a bench by the door.
"Thank you," acknowledged Shad, turning to complete his toilet.
"Now, Emily, dear, call Father an' Bob," said Mrs. Gray; "dinner's
sot." And Emily, glad of a respite from the embarrassing presence of
the stranger, ran out, presently to return with her father and Bob.
When dinner was disposed of, Richard suggested that it was "wonderful
warm so handy t' th' stove," and leaving Mrs. Gray and Emily to clear
the table he conducted Shad and Bob to a convenient seat near the boat
landing, where they could enjoy a cooling breeze from the bay. Here he
drew from his pocket a stick of very black and very strong-looking
tobacco, and holding it toward Shad, asked:
"Does you smoke, sir?"
"No, thank you," declined Shad. "I had just learned to smoke when I
entered college, but I was trying for a place on the 'varsity nine,
and I had to drop smoking. A fellow can't play his best ball, you
know, if he smokes. So I quit smoking before I formed the habit."
"Is that a game like snowshoe racin'!" asked Bob.
"Oh, no!" and Shad described the game and its tactics minutely, with
thrilling detail of battles that his college nine had won and lost
upon the diamond.
"Well, Bob," Shad asked finally, "have you decided to go with me for a
trip into the country?"
"I'm not rightly knowin', sir, where you wants t' go," said Bob.
Shad stated the object of his journey, and the three talked over the
possibilities of making such a trip as he desired within the time at
Bob's disposal.
"Countin' on bad weather, 'twouldn't be much of a trip you could make
in a fortnut, and that'd be th' most time Bob could spare, whatever,
with his gettin' ready t' go t' th' trails," Richard finally
explained. "His mother an' me be wantin' he home, too, till he goes,
for 'twill be a long winter for his mother t' have he away without
seein' he.
"Now you says you has no hurry t' go away. Dick Blake an' Bill
Campbell goes t' th' handiest tilt o' th' Big Hill trail t' help Bob
an' Ed Matheson in with their outfit, an' they starts th' first o'
August. Then they comes back t' take their outfits up an' they has t'
get in before freeze up.
"You bein' in no hurry, sir, could go with un on th' first trip, an'
come back with un, an' that gives you a fine trip an' a fine view o'
th' country. It takes un a month t' go in, but runnin' back light wi'
th' rapids they makes un in a week, so you gets back th' first week in
September month."
"'Twould be grand t' have you along, sir!" exclaimed Bob. "An' I were
never thinkin' o' that. Father's wonderful at plannin'."
"Done!" said Shad. "I'll do it, but I hope you won't find me a
nuisance around here during the three weeks we have to wait."
"Oh, no, sir! 'Tis a rare treat t' have you visit us, sir!" protested
Richard.
And thus it was finally decided.
Bob was very busy during the days that followed. Not only his
provision and clothing supply for a ten months' absence from home was
to be made ready, but also the full equipment for the new trails to be
established.
The necessary traps had already been purchased, but sheet-iron had to
be fashioned into stoves and stove-pipe to heat the tents and log
tilts, and one new tent was to be made. It was imperative, too, that
each minor necessity that the wilderness itself could not readily
supply, he provided in advance, and that nothing be forgotten or
overlooked.
The establishment of these trails was an event of high importance in
the Gray household. Bob's little fortune of a few thousand dollars,
derived from the salvage of a trading schooner the previous year, had
been deposited in a St. Johns bank, and his thrifty old friend,
Douglas Campbell, had suggested that it might be invested to advantage
in a small trading venture.
"Bob can lay his trails this winter," said Douglas, "an' next year
take some tradin' goods in. Knowin' th' Nascaupee an' Mountaineer
Injuns, an' a bit o' their lingo, he'll be able t' do a snug bit o'
tradin' with un, along with his trappin'. An' if you opens a little
store here at th' Bight next summer, th' rest of you can 'tend un when
Bob's inside trappin'.
"I were thinkin', too," said Douglas, "'twould be fine t' send Emily
t' St. Johns t' school th' winter, an' she'd learn t' keep th' books.
She's a smart lass, an' she'd learn, now, in a winter or two winters,
whatever, an' 'twould pay--an' do th' lass a wonderful lot o' good.
I'm wantin' a trip t' St. Johns, an' I'd take she on th' mail boat."
There were many long discussions before it was finally decided that
Bob should launch upon the venture. Bob's mother opposed it. The
terrible winter of suspense when Bob, lost in the snow, was given up
for dead, was still a vivid remembrance to her. She recalled those
tedious months of grief as one recalls a horrid nightmare, and she
declared that another such winter, particularly if she were to be
deprived of Emily's society, would be unendurable.
But her objections were finally overcome. Emily was to go to school
and it was decided Bob should establish two new trails. One of these
he was to hunt himself, the other one Ed Matheson had agreed to hunt
on a profit-sharing basis. Dick Blake and Bill Campbell--a son of
Douglas Campbell--were to occupy adjoining trails, and the four to
work more or less in conjunction with one another.
Shad and Emily became fast friends at once. On pleasant afternoons she
would lead him away to explore the surrounding woods in search of wild
flowers, and after supper he would tell her fairy tales from Grimm,
but best of all she liked his stories from Greek and Roman mythology.
She, and the whole family, indeed, listened with rapt attention when
Shad related how Chronos attacked Uranos with a sickle, wounding and
driving Uranos from his throne; how from some of the drops that fell
from Uranos's wounds sprang giants, the forefathers of the wild
Indians; how from still other drops came the swift-footed Furies--the
three Erinnyes--who punished those who did wrong, and were the dread
of the wicked.
Thus the days passed quickly and pleasantly--even the occasional foggy
or rainy days, when Bob and his father worked indoors, and Bob, at
Emily's request, recounted very modestly his own adventures. Emily
particularly liked to have Bob tell of Ma-ni-ka-wan, an Indian maiden
who nursed him back to health after Sish-e-ta-ku-shin and
Moo-koo-mahn, Manikawan's father and brother, had found him
unconscious in the snow and carried him to their skin wigwam.
"Th' Nascaupees was rare kind t' me," Bob explained to Shad. "They
made me one o' th' tribe, Sishetakushin calls me his son, an' they
gives me an Indian name meanin' in our talk 'White Brother o' th'
Snow.' They were thinkin' I'd stop with un, an' they were wonderful
sorry when I leaves un t' come home with th' huskies. Manikawan were a
pretty maid--as pretty as ever I see."
"Were she as pretty as Bessie, now?" asked Emily slyly.
"Now, Emily, dear, don't go teasin' Bob," warned Mrs. Gray.
"I were just askin' he," said Emily; "he's so wonderful fond o'
Bessie."
"O' course he's fond o' Bessie, and so be all of us. Emily's speakin'
o' Bessie Black, sir," Mrs. Gray explained, to Shad. "She's Tom
Black's lass. Tom is th' factor's man over t' th' post, an' th' Blacks
be great friends of ours. Bessie's but a young maid--a year younger'n
Bob. You'll see th' Blacks when you goes over t' th' post with Bob."
"I'm immensely interested in your Indian friends," said Shad.
"Manikawan was a little brick, and the Nascaupees bully good fellows.
Will there be a chance of my meeting them?"
"No, they camps on lakes down t' th' n'uth'ard in summer," Bob
explained. "If you was stayin' th' winter, now, you'd see un."
"I'm almost persuaded to remain on the trails with you all winter, and
see something of the life of real, uncivilised Indians," asserted
Shad. "I would stay if it were not for college."
"'Twould be fine t' have you, now!" exclaimed Bob enthusiastically.
"But," he added doubtfully, "I'm fearin' you'd find th' winter
wonderful cold, an' th' tilts lonesome places t' stop in, not bein'
used to un."
"An' your mother would be worryin' about you; now, wouldn't she?"
suggested Mrs. Gray.
"My mother died when I was a little boy, and Father died two years
ago," said Shad. "I have one sister, but she learned long ago that I
could take care of myself."
"Is she a little sister?" asked Emily.
"Oh, no," said Shad, "she's a big, married sister, and has a little
girl of her own nearly as old as you are."
"'Twould be grand t' have you stay," Bob again suggested.
"Thank you, and it would be grand to stay, I'm sure, but," said Shad
regretfully, "I can't do it. I must go back to college."
At length Bob announced one day that his outfit was completed and that
all was in readiness, save a few incidentals to be purchased at the
Hudson's Bay Company's trading post, fifteen miles across the bay.
Shad, too, found it necessary to make some purchases preparatory to
his journey to the interior, and the following morning the two sailed
away in Bob's dory.
Tom Black, the post servant, welcomed them as they stepped ashore on
the sandy beach below the post, and with him was Bob's old friend,
Douglas Campbell, who stated that he had arrived at the post an hour
earlier.
"I'm glad you come over, Bob," said he, as the four walked up toward
Black's cabin. "When I comes t' th' post this mornin', I were thinkin'
t' go back t' Kenemish by way of Wolf Bight t' have a talk with you,
but your comin' saves me th' cruise. Set down here, now, a bit, till
dinner's ready. I wants t' hear your plans for th' trails."
And while Shad was carried off by Tom to meet Mr. McDonald, the
factor, Douglas and Bob seated themselves upon a bench before the
cabin and discussed the proposed new trails.
"Now, Bob, 'tis this I were wantin' t' say to you, an' I weren't
wantin' t' say it when your mother'd hear, an' set her worryn'," said
Douglas finally. "Don't forget you're goin' where no white trapper was
ever goin' before. You'll have to be a wonderful sight more careful
than on th' Big Hill trail. Last year when I goes on th' Big Hill
trail some Mingen Injuns come t' th' last tilt an' made some trouble,
an' told me they'd never let a white trapper hunt th' country beyond
th' Big Hill trail, an' you plans t' go, Bob. Now, if you works
west'ard of a line from th' last tilt o' th' Big Hill trail an' th'
river, be wonderful careful o' th' Mingens. They's a bad lot of
Injuns."
"I'll be careful, sir," promised Bob, adding, however, "I'm not
fearin' th' Injuns, though."
"You never knows what an Injun's goin' t' do," cautioned Douglas. "You
was findin' th' Nascaupees friendly, but th' Mingens is different."
Presently Tom joined them and invited them to dinner in the crudely
furnished but spotlessly clean living-room of the cabin. Mrs. Black, a
stout, motherly woman, had countless questions to ask of Douglas and
Bob as to how "th' folks t' home" fared, while she and her daughter
Bessie served the meal.
Shad dined with Mr. McDonald, but directly after dinner joined Bob
while they made their purchases in the shop, and prepared for
immediate departure to Wolf Bight. When all was ready, Bob left Shad
waiting at the boat while he returned to the cabin to say goodbye to
Mrs. Black and Bessie.
Bessie followed him to the door, and when they were outside where none
could see she drew from beneath her apron a buckskin cartridge pouch,
upon which she had neatly worked in silk the word "BOB" in the centre
of a floral design, doubtless the result of many days' labour.
"Here, Bob," said she, "I were makin' it for you, an' when you carries
it on th' trail remember we're all thinkin' of you down here, an'
wishin' you luck in th' furrin', an' hopin' you're safe."
"Oh!--Bessie--'tis--'tis wonderful kind of you--I'll always be
rememberin'," Bob stammered in acceptance, for a moment quite overcome
with surprise and embarrassment.
"Now take care of yourself, Bob. We'll be missin' you th'
winter--good-bye, Bob."
"Good-bye, Bessie."
Bob and Shad quickly hoisted sail, and as they drew away from shore
Bob looked back to see Bessie still standing in the cabin door, waving
her handkerchief to him, and he regretted that he had not shown more
plainly his appreciation of her gift and her thoughtfulness.
The following Monday was the day set for the departure of the
adventurers, and in accordance with a previous arrangement, late on
Sunday afternoon Dick Blake, Ed Matheson, and Bill Campbell, Ungava
Bob's trapping companions, joined him and Shad at Wolf Bight, where
they were to spend the night. Bill Campbell was a tall, awkward,
bashful young man of twenty-one, whose chief physical characteristic
was a great shock of curly red hair.
Monday morning came all too soon. Breakfast was eaten by candle light,
and with the first grey hints of coming dawn the boat and Shad's canoe
were loaded for the start.
Shad's tent and camping equipment, less heavy and cumbersome than
Bob's, together with a limited supply of provisions for daily use upon
the journey to the plateau, were carried in the canoe. The bulk of the
provisions and the heavier outfit for the trails, made up into easily
portaged packs, were stowed in the boat. This arrangement of the
outfit was made to avoid the necessity of unpacking and repacking at
night camp, and with packs thus always ready for the carry, much time
could be saved.
The family gathered at the shore to bid the travellers farewell.
First, the boat with Dick Blake, Ed Matheson, and Bill Campbell at the
oars pulled off into the curtain of heavy morning mist that lay upon
the waters. Then Bob kissed his mother and Emily, pressed his father's
hand, took his place in the canoe with Shad, and a moment later they,
too, were swallowed up by the fog.
The long journey, to be followed by a winter of hardship and
adventure, was begun, and with heavy hearts the little family upon the
shore turned back to their lowly cabin and weary months of misgiving
and uncertainty.
V
IN THE FAR WILDERNESS
Beyond the sheltered bight a good breeze was blowing and presently, as
the sun arose and the mist lifted from the water, Shad and Bob,
keeping close to shore, discovered the boat a half-mile away with
sails hoisted, bowling along at good speed.
"We'll be makin' rare time, now," said Bob. "We'll be passin' Rabbit
Island in an hour, an' makin' the Traverspine t' boil th' kettle for
dinner."
"No rapids to-day?" asked Shad.
"No, th' portage at Muskrat Falls is th' first," answered Bob, adding
uncertainly: "I'm 'feared you'll find th' work on th' river wearisome,
not bein' used t' un--th' portagin' an' trackin'. I finds un hard."
"That's a part of the game," said Shad. "I expect to do my share of
the work, old man, and I don't think you'll find me a quitter."
"I were knowin', now, you were that kind, ever since I picks you out
o' th' Bay," exclaimed Bob. "You weren't losin' your head, an' by th'
time I h'ists sail you was wringin' th' water outen your shirt, just
as if 'tweren't nothin'. An', Mr. Trowbridge, I likes you ever since."
"Thank you, Bob, but if you want me to be your friend drop the handle
from my name and call me 'Shad.' We're on an equal footing from this
on."
"'Twill be wonderful hard, Mr. Trow--"
"Shad!"
"'Twill be wonderful hard t' call you 'Shad '--it sounds kind of
unrespectful, now."
"Not in the least," laughed Shad. "All the fellows call me Shad."
"I'll try t' think now t' do it, Mr.--I means Shad. But 'tis a rare
queer name."
"Shadrach is the full name. It is pretty awful, isn't it? But doting
parents cast it upon me, and I'll have to hold my head up under it."
"'Tis a Bible name, now. I remembers readin' about Shadrach somewheres
in th' Book o' Daniel."
The canoe and boat had been gradually drawing together and now, within
speaking distance, Bob called out:
"I'm thinkin' me an' Shad'll go on t' th' Traverspine or handy t' un,
an' have th' kettle boiled when you comes up. We ought t' make clost
t' th' Traverspine by noon."
"You an' who?" bawled Dick.
"Me an' Shad--Mr. Trowbridge."
"Oh, aye," answered Dick, "'twill save time."
"Bob's gettin' wonderful unrespectful, callin' Mr. Toobridge 'Shad!'"
remarked Ed.
"'Tain't 'Toobridge,' Ed!" exclaimed Dick, in disgust. "Can't you
remember, now? 'Tis Towbreg--T-o-w-b-r-e-g. You'll be callin' he wrong
t' his face again."
"I'm thinkin' you be right this time, Dick," Ed reluctantly admitted.
The lighter and swifter canoe had already shot ahead and was out of
hearing. Bob's mind filled with plans for the future, Shad enjoying
the wide vista of water and wilderness, they paddled in silence.
The brilliant sunshine, the low, rocky shores, the spruce-clad hills
rising above, with now and again a breath of the perfumed forest
wafted to them upon the breeze, inspired and exhilarated the young
voyageurs. Shad was conscious of a new sense of freedom and power
taking possession of him. The romance of the situation appealed to his
imagination. Was he not one of an adventurous band of pioneers going
into a vast wilderness, an untamed and unexplored land, to battle with
nature and the elements?
For several hours they paddled, finally entering the wide river mouth.
Here the first indication of a current was encountered, and the
northern bank was followed closely that they might take advantage of
counter eddies, and thus overcome the retarding effect of the
midstream current.
"'Twill be noon when th' boat comes, an' we'll stop now t' boil th'
kettle," Bob finally suggested. "Th' Traverspine River is handy by.
She comes into this river just above here a bit."
"Good!" exclaimed Shad. "I'm nearly famished, and I've been hoping for
the last hour to hear you say that."
"Paddlin' do make for hunger," admitted Bob, as he stepped ashore on a
sandy beach near the mouth of a rushing brook. "I'm a bit hungry
myself. I'll be puttin' a fire on now, an' you brings up th' things
from th' canoe."
In an incredibly short time the fire was lighted, and when Shad
brought up a kettle of water from the river Bob had already cut a
stiff pole about five feet in length. The butt end of this he
sharpened, and, jamming it into the ground, inclined it in such manner
that the kettle, which he took from Shad and hung by its bail upon the
other end of the pole, was suspended directly over the blaze.
Bob, who installed himself as cook, now sliced some fat pork to fry,
while Shad gathered a quantity of large dry sticks which lay
plentifully about and began piling them upon the fire.
"Oh, don't make such a big fire, now!" exclaimed Bob, when he
discovered what Shad was about. "'Twill be too hot t' cook by. A small
bit o' fire's enough;" and he proceeded to pull out of the blaze the
large wood which Shad had placed upon it.
[Illustration: Two boys cooking over a campfire.]
"If there's nothing else for me to do, I'll see if there are any trout
in that brook," said Shad.
Shad made his first cast in a promising pool a little way from the
fire, and the moment the fly touched the water, "zip!" went the reel.
The result was a fine big trout. Within twenty minutes he had landed
eighteen, and when presently the boat drew up a delicious odour of
frying fish welcomed the three hungry men as they sprang ashore and
made the painter fast.
"Shad got un," explained Bob, in response to an exclamation of
pleasure from Ed.
"You means Mr. Towbridge, Bob," corrected Dick, with dignity.
"No," broke in Shad, "Bob's right. Shad is my front name and I want
you fellows to call me Shad; leave the handle off."
"An' you wants, sir," agreed Dick. "'Tis a bit more friendly
soundin'."
"Them trout makes me think," said Ed, as he cut some tobacco from a
plug and filled his pipe after dinner, "of onct I were out huntin'
pa'tridges. I gets plenty o' pa'tridges, but I finds myself wonderful
hungry for trout, when I comes to a pool in a brook where I stops t'
cook my dinner an' sees a big un jump.
"'Now,' says I, t' myself, 'Ed,' says I, 'you got t' get un somehow,'
an' I goes through my pocket lookin' for tackle. All I finds is a
piece o' salmon twine an' one fishhook. 'I'll try un, whatever,' says
I, an' I cuts a pole an' ties th' salmon twine t' un, an' th' hook t'
th' salmon twine, an,' baitin' th' hook with a bit o' pa'tridge skin,
throws in.
"Quicker'n a steel trap a trout takes un, but he's a little un, an'
I'm so disgusted-like I don't pull he right in. Then before I knows it
a big trout takes an' swallows th' little un."
Ed paused to lend effect to the climax, while he lighted his pipe and
began puffing vigorously.
"Well?" asked Shad. "Did you land him?"
"Not very prompt," continued Ed. "I was so flustrated I just looks at
un for a bit, skiddin' around in th' water. Then, while I lets un
play, quicker'n I can say 'boo' an old whopper up an' grabs th' big un
an' swallows he. Then I yanks, an' I lands th' three of un.
"Th' outside un were two foot and a half long an' a fraction over. I
measures he. Th' next one were nineteen an' three-quarters inches
long, an' th' little un were ten inches long. Th' little un an' th'
next weren't hurt much, an' not wantin' they I throws un back, an' th'
big un does me for dinner an' supper an' breakfast th' next mornin',
an' then I throws a big hunk that were left over away, because I don't
want t' pack un any longer."
"Ed," said Dick solemnly, "you'll be struck dead some day for lyin'
so."
"Who? Me lyin'?" asked Ed, with assumed indignation.
"Yes, you. You'm always yarnin', Ed. You never seen a trout moren't
two foot long, no more'n I have," declared Dick.
"Oh, well," sighed Ed, while the others laughed, "they's no use
tellin' you of happenin's, Dick, you always were a doubtin' o' me."
The following day at noon the Muskrat Falls were reached, and here the
real work and hardship of the journey began. Day after day the men
were driven to toil with tracking lines up swift currents, more often
than not immersed to their waists in the icy waters of the river, or
for weary miles they staggered over portages with heavy loads upon
their backs. To add to their difficulties a season of rain set in, and
hardly a day passed without its hours of drizzle or downpour. But they
could not permit rain or weather to retard their progress.
Always between sunrise and sunset they were tormented, too, by myriads
of black flies and mosquitoes, the pests of the North. There was no
protection against the attacks of the insects. The black flies were
particularly vicious; not only was their bite poisonous, but a drop of
blood appeared wherever one of them made a wound, and in consequence
the faces, hands, and wrists of the toiling voyageurs were not alone
constantly swollen, but were coated with a mixture of blood and sweat.
Shad, less toughened than his companions, suffered more than they. He
was actually made ill for a day or two by the poison thus inoculated
into his system, though with his characteristic determination, he
still insisted, against the protests of the others, upon doing his
full share of the work. Dick advised him, finally, to carry a fat pork
rind in his pocket and to occasionally apply the greasy side of the
rind to his face and hands. This he discovered offered some relief,
though, as he remarked, grease, added to blood and sweat, gave him the
appearance of a painted savage.
With the evening camp-fire, however, came a respite to the weary
travellers, and recompense for all the hardship and toil of the day.
Here they would relax after supper, and with vast enjoyment smoke and
chat or tell stories of wild adventure.
Shad contributed tales of college pranks, which never failed to bring
forth uproarious laughter, while his vivid descriptions of battles on
the gridiron or on the diamond, illustrated with diagrams drawn with a
stick upon the ground, and minutely explained, held his hearers in
suspense until the final goal was kicked or the last inning played.
Dick and Ed described many stirring personal adventures, the latter
embellishing his stories with so many fantastic flights of imagination
that Shad would scarcely have known where fact ended and fiction began
had Dick not made it a point to interject his warnings of the eternal
vengeance that awaited Ed if he did not "have a care of his yamin'."
One morning during the third week after leaving Wolf Bight, a
beautiful sheet of placid water opened before them in a far-reaching
vista to the northwest. On either side of the narrow lake rose
towering cliffs of granite, their dark faces lighted at intervals by
brooklets tumbling in cascades from the heights above. A loon laughed
weirdly in the distance, and from the hills above a wolf sounded a
dismal howl. It was a scene of rugged, primeval grandeur, and Shad,
taken completely by surprise, caught his breath.
"'Tis Lake Wanakapow," explained Ed. "There'll be no more trackin' or
portagin'. 'Twill be straight sailin' an' paddlin' from this on. Th'
first tilt o' th' Big Hill trail's handy, an' if th' wind holds fair
we'll reach un by th' end o' th' week, whatever."
For the first time since their departure the voyageurs were enabled to
don dry clothing, with the assurance that they could remain dry and
comfortable throughout the day. The evenings were becoming frosty and
exhilarating. The black flies and mosquitoes had ceased to annoy. Wild
geese and ducks upon the waters, and flocks of ptarmigans along the
shores, gave promise of an abundance and variety of food.
With the changed conditions, in marked contrast to the toil and
hardships of the preceding weeks, Shad's desire to remain throughout
the winter grew. The lure of the wilderness had its power upon him.
The first tilt of the Big Hill trail was reached on Saturday, as Ed
had predicted. Here camp was pitched, the boat finally unloaded, and
preparation made for Dick and Bill to begin their return voyage on
Monday morning.
When supper was eaten and they were gathered about the evening
camp-fire in blissful relaxation, silently watching the aurora
borealis work its wild wonders in the sky, Shad suddenly asked:
"Are you certain, Bob, I'd not be a burden to you if I remained here
all winter, You know, I'm a tenderfoot in the woods."
"Oh, no!" Bob assured enthusiastically. "You'd be no burden! An' when
your feet gets tender you can bide in th' tilt an' rest un."
"I don't mean that my feet are tender in that way," laughed Shad, "but
I'm a novice in woodcraft and I've never done any trapping. You'd have
to teach me a great deal about these things, and I don't want to stay
if I'll hinder your work in the least."
"Oh, you'd never be hinderin' th' work! An' you'd be a wonderful lot
o' company, whatever! I hopes you'll stay, Shad!"
"Thank you, Bob. I'll stay. It will put me back a whole year in
college, but I'll stay anyhow. My experience with you will be worth
the sacrifice of a year in college, I'm sure."
"Now that be grand!" exclaimed Bob, his face beaming pleasure.
"An' Shad stays, Ed, he'll give Bob a hand with th' tilts," suggested
Dick. "Can't you go back, now, with me an' Bill, t' help us up with
our outfits? 'Twill be a wonderful hard an' slow pull for just th' two
of us."
"Be you thinkin', now, you can manage th' tilts?" asked Ed, turning to
Bob.
"O' course me an' Shad can manage un," assured Bob.
"I'll go back, then, Dick," consented Ed. "'Twould be hard t' manage
with just two on th' boat."
Arrangements were made for the three trappers to bring Shad some
adequate winter clothing upon their return, letters were written home,
and at daylight on Monday morning adieus were said. Bob and Shad stood
upon the shore watching the boat bearing their friends away, until it
turned a bend in the river below and was lost to view.
"We'll not see un again for five weeks," said Bob regretfully, as they
retraced their steps to the embers of the camp-fire over which
breakfast had been cooked.
"And in the meantime," began Shad gaily, with a sweep of his arm, "we
are monarch, of all--" Suddenly he stopped. His eyes, following the
sweep of his arm, had fallen upon two Indians watching them from the
shadow of the spruce trees beyond their camp.
VI
OLD FRIENDS
"Sishetakushin and Mookoomahn!" exclaimed Bob.
The moment they were recognised the two Indians strode forward,
laughing, and grasped Bob's hand in a manner that left no doubt of
their pleasure at meeting him, while both voiced their feeling in a
torrent of tumultuous words.
They were tall, lithe, sinewy fellows, clad in buckskin shirt,
tight-fitting buckskin leggings, and moccasins. They wore no hats, but
a band of buckskin, decorated in colours, passing around the forehead,
held in subjection the long black hair, which fell nearly to their
shoulders. In the hollow of his left arm each carried a long,
muzzle-loading trade gun, and Mookoomahn, the younger of the two, also
carried at his back a bow and a quiver of arrows.
"These be th' Injuns I were tellin' you of," Bob finally introduced,
when an opportunity offered. "Shake hands with un, Shad. This un is
Sishetakushin, an' this un is his son, Mookoomahn. I've been tellin'
they you're my friend."
In their attitude toward Shad they were dignified and reserved.
Neither could speak English, and Bob, who had a fair mastery of the
Indian tongue, interpreted.
"We are glad to meet the friend of White Brother of the Snow," said
Sishetakushin, acting as spokesman. "We welcome him to our country.
White Brother of the Snow tells us he will remain for many moons. He
will visit our lodge with White Brother of the Snow and eat our meat.
He will be welcome."
"I thank you," responded Shad. "'White Brother of the Snow has told me
how kind you were to him when he was in trouble, and it is a great
pleasure to meet you. I will certainly visit your lodge with him and
eat your meat."
The ceremony of introduction completed, Bob renewed the fire and
brewed a kettle of tea for his visitors. They drank it greedily, and
at a temperature that would have scalded a white man's throat.
"They's wonderful fond o' tea, and tobacco, too," explained Bob, "an'
they only gets un when they goes t' Ungava onct or twict a year."
Upon Bob's suggestion that, should they meet Indians, it would prove
an acceptable gift, Shad had purchased at the post and brought with
him a bountiful supply of black plug tobacco, such as the natives
used, and with this hint from Bob he gave each of the Indians a
half-dozen plugs. The swarthy faces and black eyes of the visitors
lighted with pleasure, and from that moment much of the reserve that
they had hitherto maintained toward him vanished.
"The friend of White Brother of the Snow is generous," said
Sishetakushin, in accepting the tobacco. "For four moons we have had
nothing to smoke but dried leaves and the bark of the red willow."
Each Indian carried at his belt a pipe, the bowl fashioned from soft,
red pipe stone, the stem a hollow spruce stick. Squatting upon their
haunches before the fire, they at once filled their pipes with
tobacco, lighted them with coals from the fire, and blissfully puffed
in silence for several minutes.
"How are Manikawan and her mother?" Bob presently inquired.
"The mother is well, but the maiden has grieved long because White
Brother of the Snow never returns," answered Sishetakushin. "She
watches for him when the Spirit of the Wind speaks in the tree-tops.
She watches when the moon is bright and the shadow spirits are abroad.
She watches when the evil spirits of the storm are raging in fury
through the forest. She watches always, and is sad. Young men have
sought her hand to wife, but she has denied them. White Brother of the
Snow will return. He will come again to our lodge, and the maiden will
be joyful."
Shad was unable to understand a word of this, but Bob's face told him
plainly that something not altogether pleasant to the lad had been
said.
"I cannot go now," said Bob, speaking in the Indian tongue. "We must
build our lodges and lay our trails. Winter will soon be upon us and
we must have the lodges built before the Frost Spirit freezes the
earth."
"Sishetakushin's lodge is always open to White Brother of the Snow. It
is pitched upon the shores of the Great Lake, two-days' journey to
the northward. The trail is plain. It lies through two lakes and along
water running to the Great Lake. The maiden is waiting for White
Brother of the Snow. He was made one of our people. He is welcome."
[Footnote: Lake Michikamau, the Great Lake of the Indians, situated on
the Labrador plateau.]
The Indians had risen to go, and Bob presented them with a package of
tea, as a parting gift, which they accepted.
"White Brother of the Snow will come to our lodge soon and bring with
him his friend," said Sishetakushin, in accepting the tea, and he and
Mookoomahn, like shadows, disappeared into the forest.
"Injuns be queer folk, but they were good friends t' me when I were
needin' friends," said Bob, when the Indians were gone.
VII
WHERE THE EVIL SPIRITS DWELL
From the river tilt, as they called it, where their camp was pitched,
the Big Hill trail led to the northwest for fifteen miles, then
fifteen miles to the westward, where it took a sharp turn to the
northward, in which direction it continued for nearly thirty miles,
then again swung to the westward for fifteen miles, where it
terminated on the shores of a small lake. This was the trail
previously hunted by Bob.
Douglas Campbell had visited the Big Hill trail the preceding winter,
but had not remained to hunt, and it had therefore been unoccupied
during the winter. For the season at hand it had been transferred to
Dick Blake, while Dick's own trail, farther down the river, was to
remain untenanted, and the animals given an opportunity to increase.
Directly below the Big Hill trail and adjoining it was Bill Campbell's
trail.
Bob had been informed by Mountaineer Indians who camped during a
portion of each summer near the Eskimo Bay post, that by following a
stream flowing into the river a short distance above the river tilt of
the Big Hill trail, and taking a west-northwesterly direction, he
would find a series of lakes running almost parallel with the river,
and lying between the river and the Big Hill trail.
Tradition said that this stream and series of lakes had at one time
been an Indian portage route around the Great Falls of the Grand
River, but for many years it had been generally avoided by Indians
because of its proximity to the falls, which were supposed to be the
abode of evil spirits, a superstition doubtless arising from the fact
that Indian canoes may have been caught in the current above the falls
and carried to destruction below; and because of the impression and
awful aspect of the falls themselves, whose thunderous roar may be
heard for many miles, echoing through the solitudes.
From the fact that this region had but rarely been traversed, and had
certainly not been hunted by Indians for many generations, and that
the animals within the considerable territory which it embraced had
therefore been permitted to increase undisturbed by man, Bob argued
that it must of necessity prove a rich trapping ground for the first
who ventured to invade it. It was here, then, that he purposed
establishing his first trapping trail.
The first step to be taken was to make a survey of the region, and
with a quantity of steel traps, a limited supply of provisions, and
Shad's light tent, the two young adventurers set forward in the canoe
upon their scouting journey within the hour after Sishetakushin and
Mookoomahn had left them.
A long portage and the ascent of a stream for several miles carried
them that evening to the first of the series of lakes, where Bob's
trained eye soon discovered unquestionable signs of an abundance of
fur-bearing animals, sustaining his hope that the ground would be
found virgin and profitable territory.
Their camp was pitched by the lake shore. At their back lay the dark
forest, before them spread the shimmering lake, and to the westward a
high hill lifted its barren peak of weather-beaten, storm-scoured
rocks.
The atmosphere became cool as evening approached, and when supper was
disposed of the fire was renewed, and, weary with their day's work,
they reclined before its genial blaze to watch the sun go down in an
effulgence of glory and colour.
Neither spoke until the colours were well-nigh faded, and the first
stars twinkled faintly above.
"The most glorious sunset I ever beheld," remarked Shad finally,
breaking the silence.
"'Twere fine!" admitted Bob. "We sees un often in here, this time o'
year. They makes me think o' what the Bible says th' holy place in th'
temple was t' be like--'A veil o' blue an' purple an' scarlet.' I'm
wonderin', now, if th' Lard weren't makin' these sunsets just t' show
what th' holy place be like, an' t' keep us from forgettin' un. I'm
wonderin' if 'tisn't a bit o' th' holy place in th' temple o' Heaven,
th' Lard's showin' us in them sunsets."
"I don't know," said Shad; "I don't remember it. I must confess I
never read my Bible very much."
"I'll read un to you from my Bible when day comes," promised Bob.
Presently the aurora borealis flashed up upon the sky with the effect
of a thousand powerful searchlights, the long fingers of light rising
from the northern horizon to the zenith and flashing from east to west
in a maze of every-changing colour--now white--now red--now yellow. It
was a scene not only beautiful, but weird and awe-inspiring.
"I'm thinkin', now, o' th' northern lights," remarked Bob, when they
had watched them for some time, "that they's flashes o' light from
heaven. I'm thinkin' th' Lard sends un t' give us promise o' th'
glories we'll have when we dies."
"That is a cheerful thought, at least," admitted Shad.
"Yes, 'tis cheerin'. Leastways, they always cheers me when I see un,"
declared Bob.
"Whenever I see them after this," said Shad, "I shall remember your
suggestion--that they are the reflected glory of heaven, sent to
inspire the dwellers upon earth."
As they arose to retire to their tent the dead silence of the
wilderness was startled by the uncanny cry of a loon. Bob stood for a
moment and listened. Then, turning to the tent, he remarked:
"'Tis a bad sign, when a loon laughs at night like that!"
"In what way?" asked Shad.
"'Tis said t' be a warnin' o' danger an' trouble."
In a series of portages from lake to lake they passed the next day
through six lakes of varying size, caching traps now and again at
convenient points for future use.
All the afternoon a low, rumbling sound was to be heard. Time and
again they halted to listen. It was a changeless, sullen, muffled
roar. Finally, when they reached the sixth lake, later in the
afternoon, their curiosity got the better of them and they climbed a
barren eminence to investigate. As they neared the summit the roar
increased in volume, and when they reached the top and looked to the
southward they beheld a cloud of vapour.
"'Tis th' Great Falls o' th' Injuns!" exclaimed Bob.
"Where the evil spirits dwell?" asked Shad.
"Aye, where th' evil spirits dwell." Around them lay a rugged scene of
sub-Arctic grandeur. To the eastward the country was dotted with a
network of small lakes similar to those through which they had been
travelling, while to the northward a much larger lake appeared. The
shores of these lakes supported a forest of black spruce, but every
rise of ground was destitute of other growth than the gray caribou
lichen which everywhere carpets the Labrador forest.
"There's a grand chance t' lay th' trails," said Bob. "We'll be makin'
our trails along th' s'uth'ard lakes an' up t' that big lake, an' Ed's
among th' lakes t' th' n'uth'ard."
"I'd like to see those falls," suggested Shad. "Can't we take the
morning off to visit them?"
"An' you wants," agreed Bob. "We'll be buildin' a tilt down where th'
canoe is, an' another on th' first lake, an' I'm thinkin' another on
th' big lake above."
Accordingly the following morning, leaving their camp pitched and
their canoe on the lake shore, they turned southward upon an exploring
expedition. Their tramp carried them across a series of ridges and
bogs and finally into a forest. With every step the roar increased,
and at length they could plainly feel the earth tremble beneath their
feet.
Suddenly they emerged from the forest to behold a scene of wild and
sublime grandeur. They stood at the very brink of a mighty chasm. From
far above them the river rushed down, a stupendous torrent of
foam-crested billows and swirling whirlpools, impatient to make its
leap into the depths at their feet where it was presently to be
swallowed up in a bank of mist, which shimmered beneath the two
adventurers like a giant opal lighted by all the colours of the
rainbow. Below the rainbow-coloured mist the river again appeared,
rushing in fearful power past beetling, frowning cliffs, which
directly hid it from view. The very rocks upon which they stood
trembled, and a reverberating roar rose from the canyon at their feet,
so loud that conversation was well-nigh impossible.
[Footnote: These are the Grand Falls of Labrador. The river falls
three hundred and sixteen feet with a single leap.]
For half an hour they stood enthralled by the scene, then they turned
up the river, walking along its bank.
"'Tis an awful place down there," remarked Bob. "I'm not wonderin',
now, th' Injuns thinks 'tis possessed by evil spirits."
"It is the most sublime scene I ever beheld," declared Shad. "One
glimpse of it is worth all the trouble we've had in getting here."
The river gradually widened, but always with a strong current, even
above the heavy white rapids, until some five miles above the falls it
expanded into a large island-dotted lake. At the extreme lower end of
this lake the old Indian portage trail was discovered, and following
it the explorers late in the day reached their camp.
The following weeks were devoted to the erection of tilts--small log
cabins to be used in winter as shelter. One was established well up
the shores of the large lake expansion above the falls, another upon
the shores of the lake from which they had made their excursion to the
falls, and still another upon the first lake above the river tilt of
the Big Hill trail, while to the northward near other lakes four other
tilts were erected, at convenient distances apart, for Ed's use.
These tilts were all constructed upon the same general plan. They were
on an average about eight by ten feet in size, with a slightly sloping
roof so low in the rear Bob could scarcely stand erect.
The chinks between the logs were filled with caribou moss. The roof
logs were covered with boughs, over which was spread first a blanket
of moss and then a coating of six inches of earth. Each was provided
with a doorway about four feet in height and two and a half feet wide,
which was fitted with a door constructed of lashed saplings covered
with bark.
Within, a platform of flat stones was arranged to accommodate the
sheet-iron stove, with a stove-pipe hole through the roof directly
over it.
Long, springy saplings were utilised in erecting bunks at the rear and
along the side of the tilt opposite the stove. These were later to be
covered with spruce boughs, and would serve both as beds and seats,
and were elevated some eighteen inches above the earth floor.
"They'll be warm an' snug," said Bob. "When frosty weather an' winter
comes th' snow soon banks un up an' covers un up, roof and all, and
makes un good an' tight."
"But how do you get air enough to breathe?" asked Shad.
"Th' stove-pipe hole is made plenty big," explained Bob, "an' that
lets th' bad air out, an' we mostly has a snow tunnel leadin' t' th'
door so th' wind won't strike in, an' leavin' th' door off, th' good
air comes in."
Nearly four weeks had been consumed in this work, and without waiting
for the reappearance of their friends they began at once the
distribution of supplies among the tilts, for September was nearly
spent and winter would be upon them by mid-October, when ice in the
lakes would render the canoe useless.
Therefore, with all haste they proceeded with their first canoe-load
of provisions to the farthest tilt, built upon the shores of the lake
expansion above the falls.
It was mid-forenoon of a beautiful, transparent September day when
they reached the tilt. The supplies were quickly stowed beneath the
bunks, the tent stove erected, and, halting only long enough to make
tea, they launched their canoe for the return.
"We'll be makin' th' river tilt before we sleeps," said Bob. "They's a
moon, an' we'll finish by moonlight, an' to-morrow we'll be gettin'
out with th' next load. If we travels fast we can make th' river tilt
before midnight, whatever!"
The portage trail left the river at a point some ten miles below the
tilt, and as previously stated, at the lower end of the lake, where
the current began to gather strength for its final tumultuous rush
toward the falls.
They had paddled the distance in two hours, and were congratulating
themselves upon their good progress as they turned the canoe toward
the portage landing, when suddenly they were startled by a burst of
wild, bloodcurdling whoops, and a half-dozen strange Indians, guns
levelled, rose upon the shore.
"Mingens!" exclaimed Bob.
A warning in the Indian tongue was shouted at them that they must not
attempt to land. A shot was fired over their heads to emphasise the
fact that the savages were in earnest, and with no alternative, and
taken wholly by surprise, Shad at the steersman's paddle astern, swung
the canoe out into the stream, still continuing down the river.
"Upstream! Upstream! Turn about!" shouted Bob.
In the excitement and confusion that followed the first few moments
after the attack, much valuable time had been lost in ineffectual
manoeuvres, and when the canoe was finally turned about they were far
out into the stream, and it was found that the insidious current had
caught them. Bob was the first to recognise the danger, and in a
sharp, tense voice he commanded:
"Quick! Work for your life! If th' rapid gets us, 'twill carry us over
th' falls!"
Then they paddled--paddled as none had ever paddled before. But
already the powerful current had them in its grip. Slowly--slowly--but
with increasing speed they were drifting toward the awful cataract.
They would have braved the Indians now, and attempted a landing, but
from a point directly below the portage trail, and extending to the
white water of the heavy rapids the river bank rose in a perpendicular
rampart of smooth-scoured rock, a full ten feet in height, offering no
possible foothold.
For a little while they hoped, as they worked like madmen. Then the
full import of their position dawned upon them--that they were
hopelessly drifting toward the brink of the awful cataract.
Beads of cold perspiration broke out upon their foreheads. A sickening
numbness came into their hearts, and as in a dream they heard the
derisive, exultant yells of the savages upon the shore.
VIII
AFTER THE INDIAN ATTACK
Below them rose the appalling roar of the hungry rapids and the dull,
thunderous, monotonous undertone of the falls themselves.
Before their vision a vivid picture passed of the scene they had so
recently beheld--the onrushing, white piled billows above the
cataract, gathering strength for their mighty leap--the final plunge
of the resistless torrent--the bank of rainbow-coloured mist hovering
in space over a dark abyss--and far below and beyond the mist-bank the
murky chasm, where a white seething flood was beating its wild anger
out against jagged rocks in its mad endeavour to fight its way to
freedom between narrow canyon walls rising in frowning cliffs on
either side.
Impotent to resist the power that was drawing them down, Shad
Trowbridge and Ungava Bob were certain beyond a doubt that presently
they were to be hurled into this awful chasm, and that in all human
probability but a few minutes more of life remained to them.
Then suddenly there flashed upon Bob's memory the recollection of an
island which he had observed when walking along the river bank from
the falls to the portage trail.
He remembered that this island was of curious formation, with high
polished cliffs rising on its upper end and on either side, like
bulwarks to guard it from the rushing tide.
At its lower end a long, low, gravelly point reached downward, like a
pencil point, among the swirling eddies. The gravel which formed this
point, he had remarked at the time, had been deposited by the eddies
created by the meeting of the waters where they rushed together from
either side below the island.
With the recollection of the island came also a realisation that here
possibly lay a means of escape. A quick estimate of the distance they
had already drifted below the portage trail satisfied him that they
were still perhaps half a mile above the island, and probably not too
far amidstream to enable them to swing in upon it before it was
passed, in which case a landing might be made with comparative ease
upon the gravelly point.
The canoe, as previously stated, was heading upstream, with Bob in the
bow, Shad in the stern. It was necessary that they turn around and
secure a view of the river in order to avoid possible reefs near the
island shore, and to properly pick an available landing place.
But to attempt to turn the canoe itself in the swift current would in
all probability result in fatal delay. Therefore, acting upon the
moment's instinct, Bob ceased paddling, arose, and himself quickly
turned, seating himself face to the stern, shouting to Shad as he did
so:
"Turn! I'll steer!"
Shad had no doubt Bob had become demented, but without question obeyed
the command. In this position what had previously been the stern of
the canoe now became the bow, Shad Trowbridge the bowman and Ungava
Bob the steersman.
The moment paddling ceased the canoe shot forward in the current,
heading toward the white waters of the rapids. The manoeuvre had not
been made a moment too soon, for directly before them, a little to the
left, lay the island.
With a quick, dexterous turn of the paddle Bob swung the canoe toward
the island shore farthest from the mainland and, close under the
cliffs, caught the retarding shore current. A few seconds later the
bow of the little craft ground upon the gravelly point, Shad sprang
ashore, Bob at his heels, and the canoe was drawn after them to
safety.
For a moment Bob and Shad looked at each other in silence, then Shad
exclaimed simply: "Thank God!"
"Aye," said Bob reverently, "thank th' Lard. He were watchin' an'
guardin' us when we were thinkin' we was lost. 'Tis th' Lard's way,
Shad."
"My God, Bob! Look at that!" exclaimed Shad, pointing toward the mad
white waters below them. "If you hadn't thought of this island, Bob,
we'd be in there now--in there--dead! My God, what an escape! And such
a death!"
Shad sank upon a bowlder, white and trembling. He was no coward, but
he was highly imaginative at times. During the trying period in the
canoe he was cool and brave. He had done his part at the paddle
equally as well as Bob. He would have gone to his death without a
visible tremor. But now the reaction had come, and his imagination ran
riot with his reason.
"Why, Shad, what's th' matter now?" asked Bob solicitously. "Were th'
strain at th' paddle too much? You looks sick."
"No--I'm all right--just foolish. I'm afraid you'll think I'm not
game, Bob."
"Oh, but I knows you is, Shad. I seen you turned over in th' Bay,
Shad--an' I knows you'm wonderful brave."
"Thank you, Bob. I hope I deserve your opinion."
"I were terrible scairt first, when I finds th' canoe's slippin' back
toward th' rapid an' I'm seein' no way t' land," said Bob. "Then I
stops bein' scairt an' has a feelin' that I don't care--"
"Just as I felt," broke in Shad. "A sort of hopeless speculation on
what was going to happen, but not much caring."
"Aye," continued Bob. "Then I thinks 'twill be sore hard on Mother--my
never goin' home--an' I prays th' Lard t' help us, an' soon's I says
'Amen' I thinks o' this island. 'Twere th' Lard puts un in my head,
Shad."
"I think," said Shad, "it was your quick wit and resourcefulness,
Bob."
"No," Bob insisted positively, "'twere th' Lard. An', Shad, we must be
thankin' th' Lard now."
Then Ungava Bob and Shad Trowbridge knelt by the side of the boulder,
the former reverently, the latter courteously, while Bob prayed aloud:
"Dear Lard, Shad and me is wonderful thankful that you p'inted out t'
us th' landin' place on this island, an', Lard, we wants t' thank you.
We knows, Lard, if you hadn't been p'intin' she out t' us, we'd be
dead in th' rapids now, or handy t' un. We'll never be forgettin'.
An', Lard, keep clost t' Shad an' me always. Amen."
"That," said Shad, when they rose to their feet, "was the most honest,
simple, straightforward prayer I ever heard offered. Thank you, Bob,
for including me. If the Lord hears prayers, Bob, He heard yours, for
it was honest and from the heart and to the point."
"He hears un, Shad, an' He answers un." There was a note of conviction
in Bob's tone that left no room for doubt.
"We're here, because we're here, because we're here--" Shad began to
sing. "Bob, I'm feeling all right now, and I guess I've got my nerve
back again. Foolish, wasn't it, to get frightened after it was all
over? Let's see, now, what the prospects are of getting away."
From an eminence in the centre of the island they surveyed their
surroundings. The mainland lay not more than a short stone's
throwaway, but between it and the island the water ran as swift as a
mill race. Some two hundred yards below the point on which they had
landed the heavy white rapids began, and with but one exception the
perpendicular wall of rock that formed the mainland shore extended to
and beyond the white water.
This exception occurred about half-way between the island and the
heavy rapids, where for a distance of some six or eight yards frost
action had caused disintegration of the rock, and the wall sloped down
toward the river at an angle of forty-five degrees.
At the foot of this slope, and on a level with the water, a narrow
platform had been formed by the dislodged portion of the rock. Under
the most favourable conditions exceedingly expert canoemen might
succeed in making a landing here, but it was plain that the foothold
offered was so narrow and so unstable that any attempt to make a
landing upon it would prove perilous and more than likely fatal.
The island itself was oblong in shape and contained an area of three
or four acres. Its rocky surface sustained a scant growth of gnarled
black spruce and stunted white birch, with here and there patches of
brush.
From their vantage point no sign of the Indians who had caused their
trouble could be seen, and it was evident they had not descended the
river bank below the portage trail.
"Well, what do you think of it, Bob?" Shad asked.
"I'm thinkin' now, th' Injuns are headin' for th' tilt up th' river,
an' that they'll be cleanin' un out an' burnin' un. Th' Injuns t' th'
post tells me they never comes below th' portage. They's afraid o' th'
evil spirits o' th' falls. But they goes back in th' country sometimes
an' circles around by th' Big Hill trail."
"But what do you think of trying to cross, and make a landing down
there where the rock slopes?" inquired Shad.
"We'd never make un, Shad," decided Bob. "I knows th' handlin' o'
boats. I'm too uncertain in a canoe, an' so be you, Shad."
"What are we to do, then? We can't stay here," insisted Shad.
"I'm not knowin' yet. They'll be some way showin'," promised Bob, "but
we'll have t' think un out first."
"What was the matter with those Indians, anyway? I thought all the
Indians were friendly to white men," Shad asked, as they turned down
again to the canoe.
"They's Mingen Injuns," explained Bob. "I were forgettin' t' tell you,
Shad. When we was t' th' post, Douglas Campbell tells me that last
fall some Mingens comes t' th' last tilt o' th' Big Hill trail an'
tells he they'd not let any white trapper hunt above th' Big Hill
trail. They's likely seen our tilt up th' river, an' laid for us. I'm
sorry, now, I were bringin' you here an' not tellin' you, Shad."
"Oh, don't worry about that, Bob. I'd have come just the same,"
assured Shad. "In fact, I'd have been all the more ready to come, with
the prospect of a scrap with Indians in view. If I'd known, though,
I'd have had my eyes open and my rifle ready, and dropped a bullet or
two among them before we got caught in the current."
"Injuns were never givin' me trouble before, an' I weren't takin'
their threatenin' t' Douglas in earnest, so I forgets all about un
till I sees th' Injuns at th' portage trail," Bob explained.
"'Twouldn't have done t' kill any of un, Shad. If you had, th' rest
would have laid in th' bushes an' killed us, for they's no knowin' how
many they is of un. Then they'd gone back an' laid for Ed an' Dick an'
Bill an' killed they before they'd be knowin' they was any trouble.
"Now 'tis more 'n likely th' Injuns is thinkin' we be th' only white
men about, an' when we thinks up a way o' gettin' out o' here we'll
give warnin' t' Ed an' th' others, an' being on th' lookout one of us
can hold off a hull passel o' Injuns, for we has Winchesters, an' all
they has is muzzle-loadin' trade guns."
"But suppose we don't get off this island before the others come to
look for us? What then?" asked Shad.
"If they misses us an' goes lookin' for us, they'll be knowin' we're
missin' for some cause. Bill Campbell's been hearin' from his father
what th' Mingens were sayin' last year, an' they'll suspicion 'tis th'
Mingens an' be watchin' for un."
"But I don't understand yet what objection the Mingens have to our
trapping here. I supposed this was the country of your Nascaupee
friends."
"'Tis this way," Bob explained. "Th' Nascaupees hunts t' th'
n'uth'ard, th' Bay Mountaineers t' th' east'ard, an' th' Mingens t'
th' s'uth'ard, an' all of un comes in hereabouts t' get deer's meat,
mostly th' Mingens, when deer's scarce t' th' s'uth'ard, an' they
thinks if white trappers is about th' deer'll be drove out."
"Well, Bob, let's boil the kettle and try to figure out a plan of
escape," suggested Shad. "With the reaction from the morning's
excitement, I'm developing a vast hunger."
"They's not a mouthful o' grub in th' bag, Shad," Bob announced
sorrowfully, "only a bit o' tea with th' kettle an' our cups. I leaves
un all in th' tilt, thinkin' we'd get back t' th' next tilt an' use
th' grub that's there, an' I just leaves th' bit o' tea in th' bag."
"No grub!" exclaimed Shad. "Then we've got to try to make a landing
down on that wall. We can't stay here and starve!"
"An' we can't make th' landin'. 'Twould be sure drownin' t' try."
"Then it is just a choice between drowning and starving? For my part,
I'd rather drown and have it over with, than starve to death!"
"Th' Lard weren't showin' us here just t' have us die right off," said
Bob quietly. "He were savin' us because He's wantin us t' live, an'
He'll be thinkin' if we tries t' make th' landin' knowin' we can't
make un, that we're not wantin' t' live. If we takes time now t' plan
un out, th' Lard'll show us how."
"I wish I had your faith, Bob, but I haven't, and I'm still in favour
of making a try for the shore," insisted Shad. "However, let us make
some tea and argue the matter out later."
"Aye, we'll boil th' kettle an' talk un over, whatever," agreed Bob,
rising from the rock upon which they had seated themselves, and
turning into the scant growth to collect dry sticks for a fire.
But instead of collecting the sticks he returned to the canoe, secured
Shad's doublebarrelled shotgun, and a moment later Shad, who was
dipping a kettle of water for their tea and had not noticed the
movement, was startled by the report of the gun. Looking up, he saw
Bob stoop, reach into a clump of bushes, and bring forth a rabbit.
"Well, I'll be jiggered!" exclaimed Shad, as Bob held his game aloft
for inspection. "I didn't suppose there was hide or hair or feather on
this wind-blasted, forsaken island of desolation!"
"I sees th' signs," said Bob, "an' then I looks about an' sees th'
rabbit. Where they's one they's like t' be quite a passel of un. They
likely crosses over last winter on th' ice an' th' break-up catches un
here an' they can't get off."
"That's some relief to the situation. But we've only about a dozen
shells in the canoe," announced Shad, "and when they are gone we'll be
as badly off as ever."
"We'll not be wastin' shells, now, on rabbits," said Bob. "They's
other ways t' catch un. I uses that shell t' get our dinner. I'll get
th' rabbit ready now whilst you puts a fire on."
"Very well," agreed Shad, collecting wood for a fire, "and when we've
eaten I hope we can think of some way of escape."
IX
THE INDIAN MAIDEN AT THE RIVER TILT
"Well," said Ed Matheson, as the boat rounded a bend in the river,
"there's the river tilt, an' she looks good."
"That she do," agreed Dick Blake. "I hopes, now, Bob's there an' has a
fire on. I'm wet t' th' last rag."
"So be I. This snow an' rain comin' mixed always 'pears t' make a
wetter wet 'n just rain alone," observed Ed.
"Bob's there now," broke in Bill Campbell. "I sees smoke comin' from
th' tilt pipe."
The voyageurs were returning from Eskimo Bay with their second cargo
of winter supplies for the trails. Five weeks had elapsed since the
morning Ungava Bob and Shad Trowbridge had watched them disappear
around the river bend, and returning to camp had found Sishetakushin
and Mookoomahn awaiting them at the edge of the forest.
Since early morning there had been a steady drizzle of snow and rain,
accompanied by a raw, searching, easterly wind, a condition of weather
that renders wilderness travel most disheartening and disagreeable.
This was, however, the first break in a long series of delightfully
cool, transparent days, characteristic of Labrador during the month of
September, when Nature pauses to take breath and assemble her forces
preparatory to casting upon the land the smothering snows and
withering blasts of a sub-Arctic winter.
Despite the pleasant weather, the whole journey from Eskimo Bay had
been one of tremendous effort. With but three, instead of five, as on
the previous journey, to transport the boat and carry the loads over
portages, the labour had been proportionately increased.
It was, then, with a feeling of intense satisfaction and relief that
the voyageurs hailed the end of their journey, with its promised rest,
when they finally ran their boat to the landing below the river tilt
of the Big Hill trail.
"I'll be tellin' Bob an' Shad we're here now, an' have un help us up
with th' outfit," said Ed Matheson cheerily, stepping ashore and
striding up the trail leading to the clearing a few yards above, in
the centre of which stood the trail.
But at the edge of the clearing he stopped in open-mouthed amazement.
Before the open door of the tilt stood a tall, comely Indian maiden,
perhaps seventeen years of age. She was clad in fringed buckskin
garments, decorated in coloured designs. Her hair hung in two long
black braids, while around her forehead she wore a band of dark-red
cloth ornamented with intricate beadwork. From her shoulder hung a
quiver of arrows, and resting against the tilt at her side was a long
bow.
She stood motionless as a statue, striking, picturesque and graceful,
and for a full minute the usually collected and loquacious Ed gazed at
her in speechless surprise.
"Good evenin'," said he finally, regaining his composure and his power
of speech at the same time. "I weren't expectin' t' find any one here
but Ungava Bob an' Shad Toobridge. Be they in th' tilt?"
With Ed's words she took a step forward, and in evident excitement
launched upon him a torrent of Indian sentences spoken so rapidly and
with such vehemence that, though he boasted a smattering of the
language, he was unable to comprehend in the least what she was
saying. It was evident, however, she was addressing him upon some
subject of import.
"There now," he interrupted finally, forgetting even his smattering of
Indian and addressing her in English, "just 'bide there a bit, lass,
whilst I gets Dick Blake. He knows your lingo better'n me. I'll send
he up."
And, hurrying down the trail, he called:
"Dick, come up here. They's a Injun lass at th' tilt, firin' a lot o'
lingo at me I can't fathom."
"A Injun lass!" exclaimed Dick. "What's she doin' there, now? An'
where's Bob an' Shad?"
"Yes, a Injun lass," said Ed impatiently, "an' what she's doin' you'll
have t' find out. It seems like she's achin' t' tell somethin'. I'm
not seein' Bob an' Shad."
"They must be somethin' wrong, Ed. Come down an' help Bill get th'
cargo ashore, an' I'll find out what 'tis;" and Dick hurried up the
trail past Ed, to meet Manikawan, for she it was.
She was still standing where Ed had left her, and Dick asked kindly in
Indian:
"What message does the maiden bring to her white brothers?"
"Listen!" she commanded, in a clear, musical voice. "I am Manikawan,
the daughter of Sishetakushin, whose lodge is pitched on the shores of
the Great Lake, to the north. Yesterday some men of the South visited
the lodge of my father."
"Mingens!" exclaimed Dick.
"They told him," she continued, not heeding the interruption, "that
five suns back they had found a lodge built where the big river
broadens. The lodge was newly made. It was a white man's lodge, for it
was built of trees. The men of the South waited in hiding at the end
of the portage that was once used by my people. It is above the place
where evil spirits dwell."
"How many of the men of the South were there?" asked Dick, again
interrupting.
"Six," she answered promptly. "While they waited two white men passed
with a painted canoe and much provisions. Then, while they still
waited, the white men returned with the canoe empty.
"They fired their guns at the white men. Then the evil spirits that
dwell where the river falls reached up for the canoe and dragged it
down to the place of thunder.
"I have come to tell you this, and to ask if White Brother of the Snow
and his friend are here. All night and all day have I travelled, for I
am afraid for White Brother of the Snow. He has lived in the lodge of
Sishetakushin, my father. He is one of my people, and I am afraid for
him."
Her rapid speech, her dramatic pose and gestures, and her intensely
earnest manner left no doubt in Dick Blake's mind that she spoke the
truth. Neither had he any doubt that she referred to Ungava Bob and
Shad Trowbridge as the two white men, for no other white men were in
the region, or, he was sure, within several hundred miles of the
place, at the time to which she referred.
"No," said he, after a moment's pause, "White Brother of the Snow and
his friend are not with us."
"They are not here!" she wailed, lifting her arms in a gesture of
despair. "Where is he? Tell me! It was not White Brother of the Snow
sent to the torment of evil spirits?"
"I'm afraid, Manikawan, it was. There were no other white men here
than White Brother of the Snow and his friend."
Manikawan's hands dropped at her side, and for an instant she stood, a
picture of mingled horror and grief. But it was for only an instant.
Then her face grew hard and vengeful, and in low, even tones she said:
"These men of the South killed White Brother of the Snow. They are no
longer of my people. They must die."
"They must die," echoed Dick.
"Come!" she said laconically, reaching for her bow and slinging it on
her back.
"No, we will rest to-night, and to-morrow at dawn we will go. Rest
to-night and be strong for the chase to-morrow," Dick counselled,
kindly, as she turned toward the portage trail leading around the
rapids.
"I cannot rest," she answered. "I go now;" and like a shadow, and as
silently, she melted into the darkening forest.
Big Dick Blake's heart was full of vengeance, as he strode down the
trail to rejoin his companions.
"What speech were th' Injun maid tryin' t' get rid of, now?" asked Ed
Matheson, pausing in his work of unloading the canoe as Dick appeared.
"Bob an' Shad's dead!" announced Dick bluntly.
"Dead! Dead!" echoed Ed and Bill together.
"Aye, dead. Drove over th' falls by Mingen Injuns," continued Dick.
"Five or six days ago, she's sayin'. They's six o' them Injuns down
north o' here, huntin' deer, an' their camp's up th' river somewheres.
I'm not knowin' rightly where, but we'll find un, an' we'll shoot them
Injuns just like a passel o' wolves. If we don't, they'll sure be
layin' for us an' shoot us."
"Be you sure, now, th' lads is dead?" insisted Ed.
"They's no doubtin' it. She tells th' story straight an' clean as a
rifle shot;" and Dick went on to repeat in detail the story he had
heard from Manikawan.
"It looks bad, now, whatever," commented Ed. "But they's a chanct they
gets a ashore. I were caught onct in th' rapids above Muskrat Falls,
an' thinks it all up with me--right in th' middle o' th' rapids,
too--an'--"
"Ed," broke in Dick, with vast impatience, "this be no time for
yamin'. You knows you never could be gettin' out o' them rapids an'
not goin' over th' falls. An' these rapids is a wonderful sight
worse."
"Maybe they be," admitted Ed. "Th' poor lad, now, bein' killed in that
way. Dick," he continued, raising his tall, awkward figure to its full
height and placing his hand on Dick's shoulder, "me an' you's stood by
one 'nother for a good many years, an' in all sorts o' hard places,
an' if it's fight Injuns with you now, Dick, it's fight un, an' Bill's
with us."
"Aye," said Bill, "that I am."
The boat was unloaded, and with heavy hearts the men prepared and ate
their evening meal. Then while they smoked their pipes, light packs
were put up and all was made snug for an early start the following
morning.
With the first blink of dawn the three determined men, armed with
their rifles, swung out into the forest, and rapidly but cautiously
filed up the old portage trail in the direction Manikawan had taken.
X
THE VOICES OF THE SPIRITS
Heedless of drizzling rain and snow, of driving wind and gathering
darkness, Manikawan ran forward on the trail. Hatred was in her heart.
Vengeance was crying to her. Every subtle, cunning instinct of her
savage race was aroused in her bosom.
She was determined that those who had sent her beloved White Brother
of the Snow to destruction in the deadly place of evil spirits must
die. How she should compass their death she did not yet know; this was
a detail for circumstance to decide, but it must be done. White
Brother of the Snow was of her tribe; the law of her savage nature
told her his death must be avenged.
At the end of a mile or so she left the trail and turned sharply to
the northward, winding her way deftly through moisture-laden
underbrush which scarcely seemed to lessen her pace. Presently she
broke out upon the shores of a lake and behind some willow bushes
uncovered a small birch-bark canoe, which she had carefully concealed
there on her journey to the river tilt.
Turning the canoe over her head, with the middle thwart resting upon
her shoulders, she took a southwesterly direction until the old
portage trail was again encountered, and resuming the trail she at
length came upon the first lake of the chain through which the portage
route passed.
The storm had ceased, and the stars were breaking through the clouds
as Manikawan launched her canoe. It was a long, narrow lake, and
paddling its length she had no difficulty in locating the place where
the stream entered; and not far away a blazed tree, now plainly
visible in the light of the rising moon, told her where the trail led
out.
Here, as she stepped ashore, she discovered the first of the series of
tilts which Bob and Shad had built, and, immediately pushing aside the
flimsy bark door, entered the tilt and struck a match. Its flare
disclosed a half-burned candle on a shelf near the door, and lighting
it she held it aloft for a survey of the interior of the tilt.
On the bunk at the side were two or three bags evidently containing
clothing and other supplies, while on the bunk in the rear were some
odds and ends of clothing, a folded tent, a coil of rope, doubtless
used by the young adventurers as a tracking line, to assist them in
hauling their canoe up the swift stream which connected the lake with
the river below, and a rifle in a sealskin case.
On beholding this last object, Manikawan gave a low exclamation of
pleasure. Taking a chip from the floor she bent the candle over it,
permitting some of the hot grease to flow upon it, and setting the
candle firmly in the grease placed the improvised candlestick upon the
tent stove.
Then, reaching for the rifle, she drew it from the case and examined
it critically. The magazine proved to be fully charged. Returning the
rifle to its case, she now examined the other contents of the tilt,
and presently came upon a quantity of cartridges in one of the bags.
Several of these she appropriated, and dropping them into a leathern
pouch at her belt, restored the remaining contents of the tilt to the
position in which she had found them. Then taking the rifle in its
case, she blew out the candle, and passed out of the tilt, carefully
closing the door behind her.
The moon was now sufficiently risen to light the trail, and the blazes
which Ungava Bob had made were so clear that Manikawan's progress was
rapid.
Spectral shadows lay all about her, flitting here and there across her
trail as she sped onward and onward through the dark forests that
intervened between the lakes. In the distance she heard the voices of
the evil spirits so dreaded by her people, speaking in dull,
monotonous undertones, like ceaseless, rolling thunder far away,
threatening destruction and death to all who fell within their reach.
Even to her, whose home was the wilderness, the situation was weird
and uncanny.
At length she passed another tilt near the end of a lake, but she did
not pause to enter it. A little beyond the tilt the trail crossed a
rise of ground, and upon reaching the summit she beheld in the
distance a long, wide, silvery streak glistening in the moonlight. It
was the river, and with a sense of relief she lowered the canoe from
her shoulders and concealed it carefully amongst the underbrush.
She glanced at the stars and calculated the time until dawn. The
region into which she had come was wholly unfamiliar to her, and she
must have daylight to reconnoitre and locate the camp of her enemies.
There was still ample time for rest, for this was the season of
lengthening nights and shortening days, and Manikawan was in much need
of rest and food. For nearly thirty-six hours she had been exerting
herself to the utmost of her strength. At the river tilt she had made
a fire in the stove and brewed herself some tea, but she had eaten
nothing. Now, with the moment's relaxation, a feeling of great fatigue
came upon her, and for the first time she realised the length of her
fast and the extent of her weariness.
Slowly she retraced her steps to the tilt which she had passed on the
lake shore a little way back. Entering it she struck a match and
lighted a candle, as she had done at the other tilt, and with its
assistance found the flour, pork, and tea, together with a frying pan
and kettle which Ungava Bob had left there the day that he and Shad
Trowbridge were attacked by the Indians.
She went to the lake for a kettle of water, and returning gathered a
handful of birch bark. Using the bark for tinder and appropriating
wood which she found split and neatly piled near the stove for ready
use, she lighted a fire in the stove, and set the kettle on to heat
for tea. This done she cut several thick slices of fat pork, which she
fried in the pan, and mixing a quantity of flour and water into dough,
browned the dough in the pork grease.
It was with a keen appetite that she sat down to her long-deferred
banquet; and with vast relief she drank the tea and ate the pork and
dough cake. Then, wearied to the last degree, she fell back upon one
of the bunks, the rifle by her side; and with the distant rumble of
the falls in her ears, fell immediately asleep.
It was broad day when Manikawan opened her eyes. She seized the
kettle, and hastening to the lake laved her face and head in the
cooling water. Then, from a buckskin pouch at her belt, she drew a
neat birch-bark case, decorated with porcupine quills, and from the
case a rudely fashioned comb, from which dangled by a buckskin thong a
tuft of porcupine tail. The lake was her mirror, as she smoothed and
rebraided her hair. This done, she ran the comb several times through
the tuft of porcupine tail before returning it to its case.
Her simple toilet completed, Manikawan mounted a high pinnacle of rock
and for several minutes stood silently contemplating the rising sun.
The eastern sky was ablaze with red and purple and orange, and she
beheld the glory of the scene with deep reverence.
Upon her pinnacle of rock she felt herself in the presence of the
Mysterious Power which governed her destiny and the world in which she
lived, and after the manner of her fathers she besought that
Mysterious Presence in unspoken words, to make her pure and noble and
generous; to make her worthy to stand in its Presence--worthy to live
in the beautiful world which surrounded her.
But Manikawan was not a Christian. She knew nothing of the white man's
God or of Christ's lessons of forgiveness, and she descended from the
rock morally strengthened, perhaps, in her savage way, but no less
determined to wreak vengeance upon those whom she deemed her enemies.
While she slept she had heard constantly the voice of the evil spirits
of the falls, and the spirits themselves had come to her in a dream,
and whispering in her ear had urged her on to vengeance, and promised
her immunity from their wrath. Manikawan, like all her people, was
superstitious in the extreme. She believed absolutely in the
supernatural, and her faith in dreams was unwavering.
The sun was hour high when she set forth again upon her mission.
Mounting the semi-barren ridge where she had hidden her canoe, she
crouched low behind the bushes, and catlike and noiselessly descended
to the forest on the other side. Here under cover of the trees she
proceeded more rapidly to the end of the portage trail.
Peering out from her cover, she first studied every foot of the river
and surrounding country that lay within the range of her vision; then
moving silently forward she removed the rifle, which she still
carried, from its sealskin case and laid the case on the ground behind
a boulder and the weapon upon it, where it would be completely hidden
from view, but still available for instant use.
This arranged to her satisfaction, she crossed the trail, and gliding
as noiselessly as a shadow through the trees, ascended the river bank
to reconnoitre for the Mingen camp. The Indians that visited her
father's lodge had said that they were encamped near the river, and
not far above the portage trail.
XI
MANIKAWAN'S VENGEANCE
Therefore, Manikawan in her quest advanced cautiously, at the same
time making, as she advanced, a thorough study of the ground.
She had travelled perhaps two miles, when she discovered a thin curl
of smoke rising over the trees a short distance in advance, and
dropping upon her hands and knees she crawled stealthily forward until
from behind a clump of willow bushes she was afforded a clear view of
the fire and its surroundings.
A deerskin wigwam stood in a clearing, and near the smouldered embers
of a fire two Indians were engaged in making snowshoe frames; but, so
far as she could see, they were the only inhabitants of the camp. It
was evident that the remainder of the party were absent, probably
hunting caribou in the North.
As noiselessly as she had approached, Manikawan now retreated to a
safe distance. With a full understanding of the conditions, she had
quickly and cunningly formulated her plans, and when well out of view
she arose to her feet and boldly approached the camp.
The Indians, with no sign of alarm or surprise, and not deigning
either recognition or greeting, continued at their task, quite
ignoring her presence as she approached. For a moment Manikawan stood
before them in silence; then she spoke:
"I am Manikawan, the daughter of Sishetakushin, whose lodge the men of
the South have visited. Manikawan has come to do honour to the men of
the South. While they talked with Sishetakushin, her father, she heard
how bravely they have guarded the hunting grounds of her people and
theirs. They are brave men and she has come to do them honour.
"She heard how they drove the two white invaders of our country into
the arms of the evil spirits, whose thunderous voices she hears even
now. It was well. White men have come into our land and have made the
spirits angry. When the spirits are made angry they drive away the
caribou. Then the people of the South and Sishetakushin's people are
hungry. The white men have built lodges of trees near the potagan
(portage) of our fathers. They stored these lodges with much tea and
tobacco, flour and pork. Without these things the white man cannot
live, for he is not like our people.
"Other white men are coming to our country. If these stores are left
in the lodges near the potagan of our fathers, the white men will
stay. If they do not have these things, they will go away, for without
them they will be hungry.
"The men of Sishetakushin's people and the men of the South cannot
remove them, for the evil spirits dwell there, and would do them harm.
"But Manikawan is a maiden. The evil spirits will not harm her. She is
too humble for their notice. Manikawan has gone to the lodges of the
white men and has removed the things from the lodges, so that the
white men will not find them when they come.
"The men of the South are brave. They have sent two of the white men
into the arms of the evil spirits. They must be rewarded.
"Manikawan has carried much tobacco and tea and other stores to the
place where the potagan reaches up from the river. These things are
for the men of the South. Let them bring their canoe. Manikawan will
show them the things and they will take them."
The Indians did not deign to reply at once, but presently one of them
said:
"Let Manikawan bring the things to the lodge of the men of the South.
She is a maiden, and it is a maiden's work. It is not the work of a
hunter."
"Manikawan is not of the lodge of the men of the South, and she will
not do this. She will wait at the place where the potagan rises from
the river until the sun is there;" and Manikawan pointed to the
zenith. "If the men of the South do not come, she will go, for she
will believe the men of the South do not need tea and tobacco."
"Let the maiden return to the place where the potagan rises from the
river. Let her wait there. The men of the South will come," said the
spokesman.
Manikawan turned away, down the river bank, by the route she had
ascended. Her progress was dignified and unhurried so long as she
might still be seen by the Indians, but was quickly changed to a run
the moment she was beyond their view.
Glibly she had lied to them and her conscience was not troubled. She
was not a Christian. The savage teaching upheld subterfuge in dealing
with the enemy, and she deemed these Indians her enemies, for had they
not destroyed White Brother of the Snow? And was he not of her people
by adoption.
Immediately Manikawan arrived at the portage trail she looked sharply
about to make certain she was not observed. Then she examined the
rifle behind the bowlder, and, quite satisfied with her inspection,
returned it to its resting place and waited.
She knew that the two Indians, with due attention to their dignity,
would make no haste in their coming, and would doubtless keep her
waiting until the noonday hour which she had designated, but
nevertheless her lookout up the river was never for a moment
relinquished. She watched as a cat watches a hole--from which it
expects the mouse to emerge--ready to pounce upon the unwary prey.
At last she was rewarded. A birch-bark canoe containing the two
Indians came leisurely gliding down the river some hundred yards from
shore. Manikawan, like a beautiful statue, stood tall and straight at
the end of the portage trail. Two paces from her the rifle lay behind
the bowlder.
The Indians, unsuspecting, turned the prow of the canoe toward the
shore where she stood. Still she did not move. The cat waits for its
victim until the victim beyond peradventure is within reach of its
spring. Nearer and nearer drew the canoe. Still Manikawan stood, a
graven image. She was looking out and beyond her intended victims. The
roar of the distant rapids, and the monotonous, thunderous undertone
of the falls were in her ears, and they came to her as beautiful
music. The canoe was now but a hundred feet from shore.
Suddenly, Manikawan sprang, and the astonished Indians beheld the
statue with a menacing rifle at its shoulder. Then came a flash and a
report. The Indians ducked, and the blade of the steersman's paddle,
poised in mid-air, was shattered by a bullet.
Manikawan spoke, her voice ringing out in clear, even tones:
"The men of the South sent White Brother of the Snow and his friend
into the arms of the evil spirits. White Brother of the Snow was of
Manikawan's people. The men of the South are the enemies of
Manikawan's people. They are cowards and they must die."
The Indian at the bow paddled desperately away from shore and the
menacing rifle. The Indian at the stern made equally desperate but
ineffectual attempts with his broken paddle.
Another shot rang out, and the bowman ducked, and ceased paddling as a
bullet sang past his head. Immediately the canoe began drifting, and a
moment later the strengthening current caught it.
Then the Indians, alive to this new danger, disregarding bullets, rose
to their feet and paddled desperately, the one in the stern seeming
not to know that the broken stick he held was useless. They knew that
the evil spirits had reached up for their canoe and were drawing them
down--down--to something worse than death. Their faces became drawn
and terror-stricken.
Faintly, and as a voice far away and unreal, they heard Manikawan's
taunts as she ran down the high banks of the river, keeping pace with
the doomed canoe and its occupants going headlong to destruction:
"The men of the South are cowards. They are afraid to die. The evil
spirits are hungry, and soon they will be fed. Their voices are loud.
They are crying with hunger. The men of the South will feed them."
XII
THE TRAGEDY OF THE RAPIDS
The two adventurers marooned on the island ate their first meal of
rabbit, grilled over the coals, with keen relish, though they had
neither salt to season it nor bread to accompany it.
"It might be worse," remarked Shad, when the meal was finished.
"Rabbit is good, and," he continued, lolling back lazily and
contentedly before the fire, "there's always some bright spot to light
the darkest cloud--we've no dishes to wash. A rinse of the tea pail, a
rinse of our cups, and, presto! the thing's done. I detest
dish-washing."
"Aye," admitted Bob, "dish-washin' is a putterin' job."
"Yes, that's it; a puttering job," resumed Shad. "But now let's come
to the important question of the day. Continued banqueting upon
rabbit, I've been told, becomes monotonous, and under any conditions
imprisonment is sure to become monotonous sooner or later. I have a
hunch it will be sooner in our case. I'm beginning to chafe under
bonds already. What are we going to do about it?"
"I'm not knowin' so soon," confessed Bob, "but I'm thinkin' before
this day week Dick an' Ed an' Bill will be huntin' around for us, an'
they's like t' find us, an' when they does they'll be findin' a way t'
help us. They might build up th' place down there with stones, so's t'
make a footin' t' land on, an' then 'twill be easy goin' ashore."
"But suppose they don't come around this way and don't find us?"
"Then I'm thinkin' we'll be bidin' here till ice forms."
"Till ice forms! And when will that be?"
"An' she comes on frosty, ice'll begin formin' th' middle of October
on th' banks. But th' current's wonderful strong, an' I'll not be
expectin' ice t' cross on till New Year, whatever."
"January first! October! November! December! Three months on this
god-forsaken bit of rock! Great Jehoshaphat, man! That'll be an
eternity! We can't endure it!"
"I'm not thinkin' we'll have to. I'm thinkin' they'll find us in a
fortni't, whatever," reassured Bob, rising and picking up the axe.
"We'll be needin' a shelter, an' I'm thinkin' I'll build un now."
"And we have no blankets with us!" exclaimed Shad. "Oh, we're going to
have a swell time!"
"We'll be fair snug with a shelter, now. I'll be cuttin' th' sticks,
an' you breaks boughs."
"All right, Bob, I'll get the boughs," agreed Shad, languidly rising,
and as he went to his task singing:
"'Old Noah, he did build an ark,
He made it out of hick'ry bark.
"'If you belong to Gideon's band,
Why here's my heart, and here's my hand,
Looking for a home.
"'He drove the animiles in two by two,
The elephant and the kangaroo.
"'And then he nailed the hatches down,
And told outsiders they might drown.
"'And when he found he had no sail,
He just ran up his own coat tail.
"'If you belong to Gideon's band,
Why here's my heart, and here's my hand,
Looking for a home.'"
A full stomach sometimes wholly changes one's outlook upon the world.
Shad was beginning now to view his adventure from a whimsical
standpoint, a result induced partially by his dinner, largely by Bob's
philosophical attitude.
It was not anticipated the shelter would be required for long, and a
comfortable lean-to under the lee of the hill, with back and ends
enclosed, and closely thatched with boughs and moss, was considered
sufficient. A thick, springy bed of spruce boughs was then arranged,
and the temporary home was completed.
Then Bob proceeded to set deadfalls, utilising flat stones and raising
them on a figure 4, which he baited with tender birch boughs. Several
rabbits were started in the course of the afternoon, giving assurance
that the deadfalls would yield sufficient food for their needs, though
no results could be expected from them until the following morning.
"Now for supper, Shad, we'll have t' be usin' some shells," he
announced. "Supposin' you tries un. I were goin' t' make a bow an'
arrows t' save th' shells, but they's nothin' t' feather th' arrows
with, an' no string that'd be strong enough for th' bow."
"All right," agreed Shad. "I'll get them;" and within half an hour he
returned with a bag of two fat young rabbits.
Their fire was built before the lean-to, and a very small blaze was
found sufficient to heat it to a cosy warmth. Here they sat and ate
their grilled rabbit and drank their tea, quite as comfortably as they
would have done in their tent or tilt, though during the night one or
the other found it necessary to rise several times to renew the fire.
Bivouacking in this manner was more or less of an ordinary
circumstance in Ungava Bob's life. He looked upon it as the sort of
thing to be expected, and as a matter of course. He felt indeed that
they were very fortunately situated, and for the present he had small
doubt that their imprisonment would prove but a temporary
inconvenience.
The deadfalls yielded them the first night three rabbits; another was
shot. They had quite enough to eat the next day, and Shad took a
brighter view of the matter.
"By Jove!" he laughed, after breakfast, "I wonder what the fellows at
home would say if they should see me now, playing the part of Robinson
Crusoe?" and then he began to sing:
"'Fare thee well, for I must leave thee.
Do not let the parting grieve thee,
And remember that the best of friends must part,
must part.
Adieu, adieu, kind friends, adieu, adieu, adieu,
I can no longer stay with you, stay with you,
I'll hang my harp on a weeping-willow tree,
And may the world go well with thee.'"
But when another morning came, with no sugar remaining for the tea,
and no other food than the now monotonous unsalted rabbit, Shad
rebelled.
"See here, Bob!" he exclaimed irritably, "I can't eat any more rabbit!
It nauseates me to even think of it! We've got to do something."
"We can't help un, now, Shad," answered Bob soothingly. "Rabbit ain't
so bad."
"Not once or twice, or even three times in succession--but eternally
and forever, I can't go it."
"It does get a bit wearisome, but 'tis a wonderful lot better'n no
rabbit, when rabbit's all there is."
"Wearisome! Wearisome! Confound it, Bob, it's disgusting! Now we've
got to do something to get ourselves out of here, and that quick."
"I'm not knowin', now, what t' do till th' others comes, an' I'm
knowin' they will."
"Come, Bob, let's make a try for that wall down there. Even if the
canoe does get away from us, we can make the wall--I know we can."
"No," and Bob shook his head ominously, "I'm ready t' take any fair
chanct, Shad, but they wouldn't be even a fair chanet t' make un."
"Oh, bosh!" exclaimed Shad angrily. "I thought you had some nerve."
"'Tisn't a matter o' nerve, Shad; 'tis a matter o' what can be done
an' what can't."
"Oh, yes, it can! Anyone with two legs and two hands and two eyes and
just a grain of grit can do it."
Bob, quiet and unruffled, grilled his rabbit, refusing to take offence
or to be moved at Shad's remarks, evidently intended to goad him into
what his experience told him would certainly prove a hopeless and
foolhardy venture.
It is a psychological phenomenon that men, denied action and confined
to limited and solitary surroundings, become highly irascible. They
find cause for offence in every word and every action of their
companions, and it is not unusual for men situated as Ungava Bob and
Shad Trowbridge were to lapse into such a state of antagonism toward
one another that they cease to converse.
This was the condition into which Shad Trowbridge quickly lapsed. He
soon came to ascribe to timidity and cowardice Bob's opposition to his
wish to attempt a crossing to the mainland. He was one who chafed
under restraint, and one who, when he had once decided upon a course
of action, could not brook opposition from another; and though at
heart he knew that Bob was fearless and brave, and that his arguments
were sound, yet he would not now admit this, even to himself.
Normally Shad was a good fellow, and he would endure hardships
cheerfully if the hardships were accompanied by physical activity; but
the condition of monotonous existence, accompanied by idleness and
inactivity, which they were now experiencing, was too great for him to
withstand, and he was prepared to take the most desperate chance to
escape from it. When at length the tea and his tobacco were gone, and
nothing but the daily ration of unseasoned rabbit remained, the
thought of thus continuing indefinitely became unendurable to him.
Ungava Bob, on the contrary, had been accustomed to wilderness
solitude all his life. This, and a naturally even disposition, coupled
with a philosophical temperament, rendered him capable of overlooking
Shad's slurs, and when finally Shad ceased to speak to him, or when
spoken to by Bob ceased to acknowledge that he heard, Bob permitted
the slight to pass unnoticed.
At length, one day, when Shad had nursed his supposed grievance to a
point where he could no longer endure it, he blurted out brutally:
"See here, I've stood this devilish cowardice of yours as long as I'm
going to. Do you see where the sun is! It's noon. Now I'll give you
until that sun drops half-way to the horizon to decide whether or not
you're going across with me. If you say 'No,' I'm going without you,
that's all, and you can stay here and eat rabbit, and rot, if you
choose."
"Now, Shad," Bob placated, "I knows how you feels, an' it's your
judgment ag'in mine. But I'm havin' experience with places like that,
an' I knows we can't make th' crossin' an' land. Now don't try un,
Shad."
"Don't 'Shad' me--My God, Bob! Look there!" he suddenly broke off.
Shooting past them, half standing in their birch canoe, paddling with
the desperation of men facing doom, one with his sound paddle, the
other with his broken one, were the Indians that Manikawan had sent
adrift.
They were very near the island--so near that every outline of their
drawn, terrorstricken faces was visible--but too far away to reach the
gravelly point upon which Bob and Shad had found refuge. Indeed, they
seemed not to see it, or to see anything but the horrible spectral
phantom of the evil spirit that they believed had them in its control.
On--on--on-they sped, ever faster--faster toward the pounding
rapids--impotently, though still desperately, wielding their paddles.
Bob and Shad stood spellbound and horror-stricken. The Indians were
nearing the first white foam! In a moment their canoe would strike it!
It was in the foam! It rose for an instant upon a white crest, the
Indians' paddles still working--then was swallowed up in the swirling
tumult of waves and whirlpools, never to reappear.
Ungava Bob and Shad Trowbridge stood for a moment in awe-stricken
horror. Then they sat down upon the rock on which Shad had sunk when
overcome with shock on the day of their escape upon the island.
"Bob," said Shad, at last, "that was the most terrible thing I ever
beheld!"
"'Twere awful!" assented Bob.
"It shows us, Bob, what you and I escaped. Bob, I've been very
disagreeable lately. Take my hand and forgive me, won't you?"
"'Twere th' rabbit meat, Shad," said Bob, taking Shad's hand. "Rabbit
meat be wonderful tryin' t' eat steady. I were knowin', now, you'd be
all right again, Shad."
"I think I've been demented, Bob--I'm sure I have--anyway, believe it,
and don't hold it against me."
"I'll not be holdin' un ag'in you, Shad. 'Twere natural, and--" Bob
ceased speaking and sat staring at the high bank of the mainland.
"Manikawan!" he exclaimed, springing up and crossing the island point
at a bound.
There she stood, joy, wonder, incredulity, written upon her face. She
had believed White Brother of the Snow dead, but here she saw him in
flesh and alive, and he had spoken her name.
"White Brother of the Snow! Oh, White Brother of the Snow! The evil
spirits did not devour you, but like hungry wolves they have devoured
your enemies."
Very quickly Bob explained their predicament, and she listened
silently. Then she went to the sloping rock, descended its dangerous
angle to the water's edge, and returned.
"White Brother of the Snow and his friend would find no lodgment
there," said she. "It is a place of deceit. But White Brother of the
Snow knows how to be patient. Let him and his friend wait. The evil
spirits cannot reach up for them where they are. When the sun returns
again to the high point in the heavens Manikawan will stand here.
Wait."
The next instant she was gone.
"What did she say?" asked Shad.
"She were sayin'," explained Bob, "that if we has patience an' waits
she'll be back by noon to-morrow, or thereabouts. An' she says if we
waits here we'll be safe, but we couldn't be makin' a footin' on th'
rock. She's thinkin' o' some way o' gettin' us off, but I'm not
knowin' what 'tis, now."
XIII
ON THE TRAIL OF THE INDIANS
None of the three trappers had ever penetrated the region lying
between the Big Hill trail and the river. They knew that here,
somewhere, Ungava Bob was to lay his new trails, but as to the route
the trails were to take they had no information, for this was a
circumstance that the local evidences of the existence of fur-bearing
animals was to have decided for Bob when he entered the country to
make his initial survey of conditions.
Among the Indians who traded at the Eskimo Bay post there was but one,
an old man, who had any personal knowledge of the region. When a small
boy this Indian had once traversed with his father the now long
disused portage trail; and one day when Ungava Bob and Dick Blake met
him at the post he had, at their earnest solicitation, described to
them the country as he had seen it with the distorted vision of
extreme youth, and as his memory, alloyed with the superstitious tales
of nearly threescore years, recalled it.
It was, he said, a region of many lakes, over which flitted the
phantom canoes of those who had perished in the nearby dwelling place
of evil spirits. In the canoes were the ghostly forms of the victims,
for ever paddling their phantom crafts around the lakes, vainly
striving to escape the torment of mocking, ghoulish spirits which
pursued them. Surrounding the lakes were wild marshes and deep black
forests, which were peopled by innumerable evil spirits for ever
searching for new victims to destroy. Their thunder voices were always
to be heard, low and deep, in a terrible frenzy of unceasing anger,
ever hungry for men to devour.
In analysing this description Dick Blake eliminated the phantom canoes
as the wild creation of imagination, and the thunder voices of evil
spirits he set down as nothing more nor less than the roar of the
great falls of whose existence the Indians had told.
With this elimination he accepted as fact the statement that the
region was sprinkled with many lakes, and that without the assistance
of a canoe these lakes and perhaps some wide marshes would have to be
circumvented by him and his companions before they came upon the river
above the falls, where it was expected the Mingen Indians would be
encountered.
While Dick Blake was the first to declare that the Indians must be
punished for causing the supposed death of Bob and Shad, he was no
more thoroughly in earnest than were his companions.
Normally these trappers were quiet, peace-loving men, who would have
shuddered at the thought of causing human bloodshed; but now, moved
doubtless to a large extent by a natural desire to avenge an outrage
committed upon their friends, they also felt it their plain duty to
mete out punishment to the guilty ones, in order to insure themselves
and other white trappers against further molestation. Unless this were
done there was no guarantee against continued raids upon their tilts,
and there would always be the danger, and even probability, that
sooner or later they would themselves be attacked and shot from ambush
by the emboldened savages.
The trail that Bob had made, leading up from the river tilt and along
the creek which flowed from the first lake, was plainly marked; and
they proceeded with the long, swinging stride characteristic of the
woodsman, rapidly and without a halt, to the point where the trail
entered the lake. Here a wide circuit around the lake shore was
necessary, and it was nearly noon when they fell again into the trail
at the farther end and came upon the first tilt.
"We may's well stop an' boil th' kettle," said Dick, throwing down the
light pack of provisions he carried and mopping the perspiration from
his forehead, for the mid-day sun was warm. "If we were only havin' a
canoe, now, we'd be a rare piece farther. 'Twere a long cruise around
the lake."
"Aye," agreed Ed, "a canoe'd ha' saved us a good two hours. We may's
well put th' fire on outside; 'twill be warm in th' tilt."
"Now I'm wonderin' what th' Injun lass is up to," said Dick, as they
sat down to their simple meal of fried pork and camp bread.
"She's got a canoe. There's her footin' by th' lake, where she makes
her landin'."
"They's no tellin' what an Injun's goin' t' do, but I'm not thinkin'
'twill be much harm, t' th' Mingens with just a bow an' arrer, an'
that's all she has in th' way o' weapons, so far's I makes out,"
declared Ed, adding: "She were a wonderful fine-lookin' lass; now,
weren't she?"
"That she were," agreed Dick, "wonderful handsome--an' wonderful
wild-lookin', too."
"Th' poor lad!" said Ed, after a pause. "He were buildin' th' tilt
yonder, thinkin' o' th' good furrin' he were t' have th' winter, an'
now he's gone. I'm not knowin', Dick, how t' tell his mother. You'll
have t' tell she, Dick; I couldn't stand t' tell she."
"No," objected Dick, "you were goin' an' tellin' she th' time we
thinks th' wolves gets Bob, an' you knows how. You'm a wonderful sight
better breakin' bad news than me, Ed. I'd just be bawlin' with she,
an' she cries; an' she sure will, for 'twill break her heart this
time, an' Bob sure gone."
"Maybe none of us'll be havin' th' chanct," broke in Bill. "They may
be a big passel o' Mingens, and whilst we catches some of un, th'
others won't be sittin' quiet."
"Ed an' me's keepin' a watch for signs," assured Dick, as they arose
to continue their journey. "They ain't been no signs so far, exceptin'
signs o' th' poor lads an' th' Injun lass, an' she were passin' in th'
night, by th' oldness o' her footin'."
"They ain't no danger o' findin' Injuns here, Bill," added Ed. "This
is what they calls th' ha'nted country, an' they'd be too scairt o'
ghosts an' th' devils they thinks is runnin' round loose here t' risk
theirselves."
The long detours made necessary without the assistance of a canoe so
far delayed their progress that, though they had not slackened the
rapid pace set in the morning, night found them upon the shores of one
of the intermediate lakes, with little more than half the distance to
the end of the portage trail behind them.
Here they erected a lean-to at the edge of the forest, as a reflector
for their camp-fire, and as a protection against a light but chilling
breeze that had sprung up with the setting sun; and, all made snug for
the night, they cooked and ate their supper.
Then they lighted their pipes and lounged back upon the bed of spruce
boughs under the lean-to, speculating upon the morrow, and the
probability of an encounter with the Indians.
"What's that, now?" exclaimed Ed suddenly, and cautiously rising and
taking a position beyond the glow of the fire, he stood for several
minutes gazing intently out upon the waters of the wide lake not yet
lighted by the belated moon.
"There 'tis again! Did you make un out, Dick?" he asked, as Dick and
Bill, following Ed's example of cautious exit from the range of the
fire's glow, joined him.
"No, I weren't makin' nothin' out," answered Dick.
"There were somethin' there on th' water," Ed stated positively, when
they presently returned to the lean-to.
"What were it, now? What were it like?" asked Dick.
"I seen un twict, an' 'twere lookin' t' me like a canoe, though I'm
not sayin' so for sure," explained Ed.
"I seen un," corroborated Bill, "but whether 'twere a canoe or no, I'm
noways sure--'twere so far out."
"If 'twere a canoe, 'twere Injuns," declared Ed, "an' if 'twere Injuns
they was seein' our fire, an' they'll be up t' some devilment, now,
before day."
"Be you sartin', now, you seen something?" asked Dick, a note of
scepticism in his voice.
"Sure an' sartin'," insisted Ed. "'Twere movin', an' I'm thinkin'
'twere a canoe, though I'm noways sure."
"'Twere just a loon or maybe a bunch o' geese," said Dick, still
unwilling to believe.
"'Twere movin', an' 'twere lookin' like a canoe t' me," said Bill.
"'Twere certain no loon nor geese either. 'Twere too big."
"An' we better be gettin' out o' here, too," advised Ed. "If 'twere
Injuns--an' I'm noways sure 'twere or 'tweren't--they seen th' fire,
an' th' dirty devils'll be droppin' us off an' we stays here."
"Aye," agreed Dick, "we'll be movin' on. You an' Bill both seein'
somethin', they must ha' been somethin' there, though I weren't seein'
un."
Weary as they were, the three men hastily shouldered their light
packs, and with rifles resting in the hollow of their arms, Ed in the
lead, they stole noiselessly away into the forest.
Two hours of rapid travelling, in the light of the now rising moon,
brought them to the end of the lake. Here they paused to fall upon
their knees and make a critical examination of the shore.
"Here's fresh footin'," Ed finally announced. "A canoe were launched
here since sundown. Th' gravel's wet where th' water splashed up.
They's one track o' a Injun moccasin, an' from th' smallness of un
'twere a woman."
"'Twere sure a woman," both Bill and Dick agreed.
"An' there's th' same footin' goin' t'other way, but 'tis an older
track," Ed continued. "'Twere th' Injun lass we sees to-night goin'
back."
"Now I'm wonderin'," said Dick, as they arose, "what she's goin' back
for? Maybe now, she's lookin' t' meet us t' help her?"
"Maybe," Ed suggested, laughing, "she's finding a hull passel o'
Injuns more'n she wants t' tackle wi' just her bow an' arrer. I were
thinkin', now, a bow an' arrer weren't much t' run up ag'in a band o'
Injuns with, seein' they has guns."
"Whatever 'tis she's up to," suggested Bill, "'tisn't lookin' for us.
She couldn't ha' missed seein' our fire back here on th' shore, an'
she'd ha' known who 'twere an' come over if she's wantin' t' see us."
"You're right," agreed Dick. "She must have seen our fire, and if
she'd wanted t' see us she'd ha' come over. Now I'm wonderin' why she
didn't."
At mid-forenoon the following day the tilt on the last lake, where
Manikawan had snatched a few hours' sleep, was reached, and mounting
the ridge above, the river was discovered beyond.
At the end of the portage trail the three trappers held a hurried
consultation. At length, carefully concealing their packs among the
bushes, and with rifles held in position for instant use, they turned
noiselessly up along the river bank, following the water closely, and
taking almost exactly the course followed the previous morning by
Manikawan.
They were aware that they were now beyond the bounds of the region
avoided by the Indians, and they also had no doubt that the Indian
camp was situated farther up the river, probably at some convenient
landing-place for canoes.
Finally Ed Matheson, who had the lead, halted and held up his hand.
"Smoke," he whispered, sniffing the air. "Aye," whispered Dick, also
sniffing.
Ed now sank to his hands and knees, pausing frequently in his advance
to reconnoitre. Presently he ceased to move, his rifle extended before
him, until Dick and Bill drew along side.
"There's th' fire," he whispered, "an' there's where they was camped,
but it's lookin' t' me as if they's gone."
The smouldering embers of a camp-fire in the centre of the open spot
where the wigwam had stood the previous day, lay directly in front of
them. On a tree hung some unfinished snow-shoe frames, and there were
many signs of a hurried departure.
"What you think?" Dick whispered.
"Th' devils may be hidin' back here," answered Ed. "You an' Bill stay
now, an' watch, whilst I looks."
Very cautiously Ed stole away, and Dick Blake and Bill Campbell waited
patiently for an hour, when they discovered him walking boldly down
toward them.
"They's gone," he announced. "I seen their canoe makin' a landin' on
th' other side where th' river widens, away up above here."
An examination of the camping ground confirmed their conclusion that
the Indians had in some manner learned of their danger and had fled,
evidently in great haste, leaving behind them the snowshoe frames and
some other trifles.
"That's explainin', now, what that sneakin' Injun lass was up to,"
declared Ed.
"What were she up to, now?" asked Dick.
"She were up to this," said Ed: "she were watchin' at th' river tilt
for our comin', an' when we comes she up an' tells th' Injuns we're on
their trail, an' they gets out quick. That's why she weren't stoppin'
when she sees our fire last night, an' we'll never be seein' her
again. She's a Nascaupee, an' it's lookin' now as if th' Nascaupees
an' Mingens'll be workin' t'gether, an' if they be, they'll be layin'
for us, now, an' we got t' look out."
"Aye," agreed Dick, "that's what they'll be doin', now, an' we got t'
look out."
"Well," sighed Ed, as they turned to retrace their steps to the
portage trail, "we may's well get back an' lay our plans. Them Injun
females is worse'n wolverines; they's no trustin' any of un."
XIV
THE MATCHI MANITU IS CHEATED
"Well," said Shad, at length, "there's the sun about as high as it
will get to-day, and where's your pretty Indian girl?"
"I been thinkin', now," Bob explained, "she's sure havin' a canoe, an'
could make un t' th' river tilt an' back, by travellin' all night. But
Dick an' Ed an' Bill ain't havin' a canoe, an' if they comes they has
t' walk, an' walkin' they can't make un before some time t'morrer,
whatever. 'Tis like, now, she'll wait t' show un th' way t' where we
be, an' doin' that she won't be comin' till they does t 'morrer."
"Your logic is sound," Shad admitted, "but it's mighty
disappointing."
"There she be!" exclaimed Bob, a moment later, as Manikawan, quite
alone, emerged from the forest hastening toward them, carrying on her
arm two coils of rope--one the coil Bob had left in the first tilt of
the new trail, and which she had observed at the time she found and
carried away Bob's rifle; the other a tracking line which the trappers
had used on their last trip up the river, and which she had discovered
in the river tilt.
"Is it well with White Brother of the Snow and his friend?" she asked,
stepping eagerly forward to the river bank.
"It is, and they are glad to see Manikawan," answered Bob.
"They will do now as Manikawan directs, and they will soon again be
free to hunt the atuk (caribou), the amishku (beaver), and the neejuk
(otter)," she promised.
With this she tied the ropes securely together, end to end, and then
producing a quantity of salmon twine, which she had appropriated for
the purpose from one of the tilts, tied an end of this to one end of
the connected ropes. She now proceeded to coil the twine carefully
upon a smooth flat rock at her feet, after which she drew from her
quiver a long, blunt-nosed arrow, and directly above the feathered end
of the arrow attached the loose end of the twine.
These preliminary arrangements completed, and her plan of rescue ready
for the test, Manikawan stood erect, bow and arrow in position, and a
moment later the arrow flew out across the water and fell upon the
gravelly point.
Ungava Bob sprang forward, seized the twine, still fast tied to the
arrow, and rapidly drew it and the end of the rope attached to the
twine to him, while Manikawan played out the coil.
"Now," said she, "let White Brother of the Snow make the line which he
has received fast and tight to the bow thwart of his canoe.
"White Brother of the Snow and his friend will then place their canoe
into the water with its bow facing the river as it comes down to meet
them. They will paddle hard against the river, for the Matchi Manitu
(bad spirit) beneath the waves will draw them backward toward the
place where the water is white and angry.
"They need not fear. Manikawan holds one end of the rope in her hand.
The other end will be fast to the canoe. Manikawan is strong and she
will not let the Matchi Manitu draw White Brother of the Snow and his
friend down.
"While White Brother of the Snow and his friend paddle, their canoe
will move toward the place where Manikawan stands. Near the shore the
spirits are weaker than where the water is deep.
"When their canoe is near the shore, Manikawan will let it go backward
very slowly to the place where the bank slopes."
Bob ran the end of rope under and around the bow thwart, as Manikawan
directed, knotting it securely, leaving sufficient length to extend
back to the centre thwart, around which he again wrapped it and
finally tied the end. This he did in order that the strain upon the
canoe might be more evenly distributed.
With Shad's rifle and shotgun and their few other possessions in the
canoe, they immediately placed it in the water. Bob held it while Shad
took a kneeling position in the stern, then himself stepped lightly to
his place in the bow, and in an instant they were afloat in the
rushing water, paddling fast and hard in order to relieve the stress
upon the long line, and to keep the canoe head on to the current.
A few moments later they found themselves close under the mainland
bank, with Manikawan letting them slip slowly down to the sloping
rock.
Though the treacherous footing on the steep, slippery incline rendered
it a hazardous undertaking, the landing was safely accomplished, and
the canoe brought ashore.
When Manikawan saw the young adventurers standing before her, her work
of rescue completed and the excitement and uncertainty of the
preceding days and nights at an end, she sank upon the ground, weak,
dazed, and overcome with fatigue.
During sixty hours her only sleep or refreshment had been that
snatched the preceding morning in the tilt, and throughout the entire
period she had been bending herself to almost superhuman effort.
After all, she was but a girl. Human emotions are pretty much the same
the world over, irrespective of race, and Manikawan, the Indian
maiden, was very human indeed in her emotions and the limit of her
physical endurance.
She looked faint and weary, indeed, as Shad and Bob bent over her
solicitously, but presently she indicated her desire to rise; and
slowly, for Manikawan's exhaustion was still apparent, Bob led the way
while the three took a direct course to the tilt on the first lake.
It was not far, and in the course of an hour, mounting a ridge, they
saw the lake shimmering below them and the little tilt nestling among
the trees on the shore.
"How good it looks! Almost homelike!" said Shad.
"Aye, almost homelike," echoed Bob.
At the tilt they made a fire under the trees, and Bob quickly brewed a
kettle of strong tea, and prepared food; and when Manikawan had taken
nourishment, she was sent into the tilt for the rest she so much
needed.
Bob and Shad were still lingering over their meal when they looked up
to find Dick Blake, Ed Matheson, and Bill Campbell staring at them
from the edge of the woods.
"Hello!" cried Shad, jumping up in pleasure to greet their friends.
"Evenin'," said Bob; "set in an' have a drop o' tea an' a bite."
"Well, now, I wern't sure I see straight!" exclaimed Ed, and the three
strode forward. "Here we was thinkin' never t' see you lads ag'in, an'
arguin' who were goin' t' break th' news o' your death t' your folks,
an' there you be, eatin'! Bob, I'm never goin' t' break th' news o'
your death ag'in till I sees you dead. I were doin' it once, an' now I
comes pretty nigh havin' to ag'in;" and Ed nearly shook Bob's arm off
in his delight.
"Aye," Dick explained, while he and Bill followed Ed in the greeting,
"th' Injun lass Manikawan comes an' tells us you lads was drove over
th' falls by Mingens."
"An' we goes out huntin' Mingens," went on Bill, "tryin' t' kill un,
an' would ha' killed un if we'd found un."
"Now, what devilment were she up to? That's what I wants t' know,
tellin' us that. They's no knowin' what a Injun'll do, leastways a
female," declared Ed.
"She was about right, now," said Bob, and he proceeded to relate the
experiences of the preceding days, while Shad now and again
interjected dramatic colour.
"Th' lass were doin' rare fine! Rare fine!" said Ed. "An' we was
thinkin' she's up t' some devilment. But why wern't you shootin' at
th' Injuns from th' canoe when they opens on you? Your repeatin' rifle
would ha' scattered un, Bob."
"I left un in th' tilt by th' first lake above th' river. Shad were
steerin', an' he weren't thinkin' t' use his'n," Bob explained.
"In th' first tilt above th' river?" Ed repeated. "We were in th'
tilt, now, Dick, when we comes through, an' there weren't any rifle
there. Rope an' tent an' other outfit, but no rifle."
"No, there weren't none there," corroborated Dick and Bill.
"Now, 'tis strange," said Bob. "I left un there, didn't I, Shad?"
"Yes, you certainly left it there, on the rear bunk," Shad affirmed
positively.
This puzzled them long, and they were never to learn the truth, for
Manikawan, on her return journey for the ropes, had replaced the rifle
exactly as she had found it, and none but herself ever knew the part
she had played in the river tragedy.
While Manikawan rested in the tilt, and Bill Campbell set out to hunt
ptarmigans for supper, Dick Blake and Ed Matheson in Manikawan's
canoe, and Bob and Shad in Shad's canoe, left upon a reconnoitering
expedition to the tilt from which the two latter were returning on the
day of the Indian attack.
They had no fear now of an Indian surprise, since Ed Matheson had
observed the retreat of the savages to the southern shore, and they
proceeded boldly to their destination.
As anticipated, the tilt had been rifled of its contents, chiefly
flour and pork. The tilt itself, however, had not been burned, and was
otherwise undisturbed.
"They was thinkin', now, t' have un an' t' use un theirselves when
they comes here t' hunt, th' winter," declared Ed. "They thinks Bob
an' Shad's done for. Unless they gets scairt out by th' ha'nts in th'
water--"
"The what?" asked Shad.
"Th' ghosts or spirits they thinks is there. They's wonderful easy
scairt, Injuns is. Oh, I knows th' Injuns; I been havin' trouble with
un before."
"When was you havin' trouble with Injuns, now?" asked Dick
sceptically.
"More'n once," said Ed. "There were th' time, now, I comes t' my tilt
an' finds a hull passel o' Mountaineers--they wan't friendly in them
days, th' Bay Mountaineers wan 't--so many they eats up a hull barrel
o' my flour t' one meal--"
"Now, Ed," broke in Dick, in evident disgust, "you been tellin' that
yarn so many times you believes un yourself. Now, don't tell un
ag'in."
"'Tis gospel truth--" Ed began.
"'Tis no kind o' truth."
"Well, an' you don't want t' hear un, I won't tell un," said Ed, with
an air of injured innocence.
"'What was it, Ed, that happened you?" asked Shad, laughing, for he
had learned to know the peculiarities of these two friends.
"Dick's not wantin' t' hear un, Shad. He gets all ruffled up when I
tells o' some happenin' I been havin' that's bigger'n any he ever has.
I won't tell un now; 'twould make he feel bad, an' I don't want t'
make he feel bad, nohow," said Ed, with mock magnanimity. "But there
were another time--I'll tell you o' this, Shad, an' Dick don't mind?"
"Oh, go ahead an' yarn, if you wants to! But th' Lard'll strike you
dead some day, Ed, for lyin';" and Dick turned toward the canoes in
disgust.
"Now Dick's mad," Ed laughed, "but don't mind he, Shad; he'll get over
un."
"As I was sayin', now, 'twas when I was layin' my trail t' th'
nu'th'ard o' Wanokapow. I gets my tilt built an' all in shape an'
stocked up, an' I goes out one mornin' lookin' t' kill a bit o' fresh
meat. 'Tis early, an' too soon t' set up th' traps, for th' fur ain't
prime.
"I gets a porcupine, which is all I wants, an' comin' down t' my
second tilt about th' middle o' th' forenoon, finds un all afire an' a
band o' twelve Injuns--I counts un, an' they's just a dozen--lookin'
on, an' dividin' up my things, which they takes out o' th' tilt before
they fires un.
"Now I were mad--too mad t' be scairt--an' I steps right down among
th' Injuns, an' when they sees me lookin' fierce an' ready t' kill un
all, they's too scairt t' do a thing or t' run, an' they just stands
lookin' at me.
"Well, I keeps on lookin' wonderful fierce, an' jumps about a bit an'
hollers. It makes me laugh now t' think how that passel o' Injuns
stared! One of un tells me a couple o' years after that they thinks I
gone crazy.
"'Tisn't long till I gets un all so scairt they thinks I'm goin' t'
shoot un all up, an' they's afeared t' run, thinkin' if they does I'll
start right in quick.
"Then I thinks it's time t' break th' news t' un, an' I tells un if
they builds th' tilt up new for me I'll let un off. An' they starts
right in t' build un, an' has un all done before th' sun sets. Th'
same tilt's standin' there yet--'
"Ed!" called Dick, from the canoe, "if you're through yarnin', come on
now an' get started back. It'll be dark now before we gets t' th'
tilt."
It was dark when they reached the tilt. Bill, sitting alone by the
camp-fire, had seen nothing of Manikawan while they were gone, and
none of them ventured to enter the tilt or to disturb her.
But, when they arose from their bed of boughs in the lee of the tent
the following I morning, they found that the fire at their feet had
been renewed while they slept. Manikawan was not in the tilt, but
presently they discovered her, standing upon the pinnacle of rock near
the lake shore, looking toward the glowing East, immovable as a
statue, picturesque and beautiful in her primitive Indian costume.
As the rim of the sun appeared above the horizon and the marvellous
colourings of the morning melted into the fuller light of day,
Manikawan extended her arms before her for a moment, then descended
from her rock, and, observing that her friends were astir, she
approached them, her face glowing with the health and freshness of
youth, and bearing no trace of the ordeal through which she had
passed.
"White Brother of the Snow, the matchi manitu has been cheated. You
have escaped from his power, and you will live long in the beautiful
world," said she, for the first time adopting a more personal and
affectionate form of address. "Manikawan's heart is as the rising sun,
bright and full of light. It is as the earth, when the sun shines in
summer, warm and happy. It soars like the gulls, no longer weighted
with trouble."
"Manikawan is my good sister, and I am glad she is happy," responded
Bob. "White Brother of the Snow and his friend will never forget that
she outwitted the Matchi Manitu. They will never forget what she did."
Ungava Bob and Bill Campbell, sharing the canoe with Manikawan, Dick
Blake and Ed Matheson the canoe with Shad Trowbridge, they reached the
river tilt that evening. Manikawan was radiantly happy, but Bob,
uncertain as to what course she might decide upon, and well aware that
any attempt to send her back to her people would prove quite fruitless
if she chose to remain with them, was much disturbed in mind. He sat
long by the campfire that night, before he joined his companions in
the tent, still undetermined what he should do to rid himself of her.
When morning came Manikawan gave no hint of going until breakfast was
eaten. Then with her customary promptness of action, standing before
Ungava Bob, she announced:
"Manikawan will now return to the lodge of Sishetakushin, her father,
and wait for White Brother of the Snow. He is safe from the Matchi
Manitu. She will wait and be contented. She will know that he is in
the country of her people. She will wait for him till the sun grows
timid and afraid, till the Spirit of the Frost grows bold and strong.
Then White Brother of the Snow will come to the lodge of
Sishetakushin, and there he will rest. Manikawan will prepare for him
his nabwe (stew) and make for him warm garments from the skin of the
atuk."
Without further preliminary or adieu, she lifted her canoe upon her
head and disappeared as unexpectedly as she had appeared.
XV
THE PASSING OF THE WILD THINGS
It was already too late in the season to attempt further distribution
of supplies with the canoe. Therefore, the boat and canoe were carried
to a safe distance above the river, and a shelter of logs erected over
them, that they might not be crushed under the weight of snow
presently to come.
Two days later the lakes were clogged with ice, and a week later the
first fall of snow that was to remain throughout the winter fell to a
depth of several inches.
Then came an interval of waiting, but not of idleness, for Ungava Bob
or Ed Matheson. Their new tilts were unsupplied with stretching boards
for furs and many other necessities, in the preparation of which they
occupied themselves at the river tilt, while the others lent a hand;
though nearly every day Dick Blake or Bill Campbell accompanied Shad
on hunting expeditions which resulted in keeping the larder well
supplied with geese, ducks--now in their southward flight--ptarmigans,
and an occasional porcupine.
The birds were all fat and in splendid condition. The ptarmigans, now
changing their mottled brown-and-white coat for the pure white plumage
of winter, were gathered into large flocks, and easily had. A
considerable number were killed with the first blast of frosty
weather, and, together with a few ducks and geese, stored where they
would freeze and keep sweet for future use.
With the last week of October active trapping began, when fur, though
not yet at its best, was in excellent condition.
With November winter fell upon the land in all its sub-Arctic rigour.
For a day and a night a blizzard raged, so blinding, so terrific, and
with the temperature so low that none dared venture out; and when the
weather cleared, the snow, grown so deep that snowshoes were essential
in travel, no longer melted under the mid-day sun.
Socks of heavy woollen duffel were now necessary to protect the feet,
and buckskin moccasins, with knee-high leggings, took the place of
sealskin boots.
In the final distribution of supplies among the tilts, long, narrow
Indian toboggans were brought into service, and the loads hauled upon
the toboggans.
Martens and foxes were the animals chiefly sought at this season.
There were two methods followed in setting the marten traps. Where a
tree of sufficient diameter was available, it was cut off as high as
the trapper could wield his axe above the snow, and a notch about four
inches deep and fourteen inches high cut some distance below the top
of the stump and several feet above the snow. The bottom of this notch
was given a level surface with the axe, the trap set upon it, and the
bait hung in the side of the notch a foot above the trap. At other
times an enclosure was made with spruce boughs, and in a narrow
opening the trap was set, with the bait within the enclosure.
Fox traps were set upon the marshes, and baited with rabbits which had
been hung in the tilt until they began to smell badly, or with other
scraps of flesh. The trap securely fastened by its chain to a block of
wood or the base of willow brush, was carefully concealed under a thin
crust of snow.
The usual routine followed by Ungava Bob, after his trail was once in
order and his traps set, was to leave the river tilt on Monday
morning, and by a wide circuit around lake shores and marshes,
embracing a distance of some fifteen miles, reach his tilt at the far
end of the first lake at night. On Tuesday another wide circle of
traps around contiguous lakes brought him back again at night to the
same tilt. On Wednesday his trail led him to the tilt on the last lake
of the old portage trail.
His original intention had been to continue from this tilt to the tilt
which the Indians had robbed, and thence to the last tilt on Ed
Matheson's trail, some fifteen miles to the northeast. But after the
appearance of the Indians it had been deemed unsafe and inadvisable to
do this, and the tilt on the river above the portage trail was,
therefore, temporarily abandoned.
With this modification, his Thursday circuit of traps was so arranged
that it brought him back at night to the tilt on the last lake, and on
Friday he proceeded to Ed Matheson's last tilt. This arrangement
carried him during the five days over seventy-five miles of trail
along which his traps were distributed.
Ed Matheson's trail was so arranged that he also arrived at his last
tilt on Friday evening, and he and Bob thus shared the tilt each
fortnight from Friday until Monday.
Saturdays were occupied in making repairs and in doing the thousand
and one odd jobs always at hand, Sunday in rest, and on Monday the
return journey began which brought them to the river tilt on the
following Friday, unless by chance they were delayed by storms.
This was the point of fortnightly rendezvous for the four
trappers--the junction point of all their trails. Dick Blake's and
Bill Campbell's trails took them in opposite directions, and during
their period of absence from the river tilt neither saw any of his
companions.
The fortnightly reunion at the river tilt was naturally an occasion
they all looked forward to. It gave an opportunity to compare notes
upon their success, to recount experiences, and to satisfy for a time
the human craving for companionship.
Shad made the first outward journey with Bob, and returned with Ed
Matheson. Then he made a round with Dick Blake, and finally a round
with Bill Campbell.
Every feature of the work was new and interesting to Shad Trowbridge,
and for a time he enjoyed it hugely. But presently it dropped into a
dreary, monotonous routine. The vast, unbroken solitude, the endless
tramping over endless snow, day after day, and the lack of adventure
to which he had looked forward, served presently to make him moody and
irritable.
Shad had hoped for sport with his rifle, but no big game had been
seen--not so much as the track of a caribou. Long before this the last
goose and duck had passed southward. Not a bird save the ever-present
jay had been encountered in upward of three weeks. Even the rabbits,
whose tracks had criss-crossed the early snow in every direction and
packed it down along the willow brush, had unaccountably disappeared.
The stock of fresh meat, save a pair of geese and three pairs of
ptarmigans reserved for a Christmas feast, was exhausted.
These were extraordinary conditions. The men declared that never
before in their experience had they observed so complete a
disappearance of game. Caribou were usually rather numerous in
November. In previous years ptarmigans and spruce grouse had been so
plentiful that they were easily killed when needed. One year in every
nine rabbits were said to vanish, but otherwise the total absence of
game was inexplicable.
It was a condition, too, that caused uneasiness. The flour and pork
brought into the country by the trappers was far from adequate to
supply their needs. Sufficient wild game to at least double their
provision supply was an absolute essential if they were to continue on
the trails. Thus far the early game had supplied their requirements,
but the prospects for the future were disquieting.
At the end of the first week in December, Bill Campbell and Shad
returned from their fortnight on the trail to find their friends
already at the river tilt and discussing the situation.
"What you havin', this cruise, Bill?" asked Dick, when the greetings
were over.
"Th' worst cruise I ever has," Bill replied, as he drew off his
adicky. "One white fox--nothin' else, an' no footin' now t' speak of.
Shad an' me never see a hair or feather barrin' th' fox I catches, an'
he were a poor un."
"I gets one marten an' a red, up an' back," said Dick. "Ed gets
nothin', an' Bob gets one marten. 'Tis a wonderful bad showin'."
"Aye, a wonderful bad showin', gettin' never a hair, an' that's what I
gets," declared Ed, in disgust. "If th' next cruise don't show a
wonderful lot better, I starts for th' Bay th' mornin' after
Christmas, an' I'll not be comin' back till th' middle o' February,
whatever."
The dough bread, fried pork, and tea, which Ed and Bob had been
preparing, were ready, and, the meal disposed of, pipes were lighted
and the discussion of the all-important question was resumed.
"'Tisn't th' havin' a poor cruise now an' again's what's botherin'
me," began Ed, "but they ain't no footin'; and where they ain't no
footin', they ain't nothin'; an' where they ain't nothin', they ain't
no use huntin' it."
"They ain't even a pa'tridge t' be killed for th' pot," complained
Bill.
"No, an' we'll be seein' th' end of our grub, with nothin' t' help
out, by th' end o' February, whatever," Ed dolefully prophesied.
"Isn't there danger of scurvy if we have nothing but salt pork to
eat?" asked Shad.
"That they is, sure as shootin'," agreed Ed.
"If you'd like to go along with me, Shad," suggested Bob, who up to
this time had said little, "we'll take a flat-sled with your tent an'
a tent stove, an' a couple weeks' grub, an' go down t' th' nu'th'ard
an' see if we can't run onto some deer. Th' deer's somewheres, an' if
they ain't here they must be t' th' nu'th'ard."
"Of course I'll go with you, Bob," said Shad, delighted with the
prospect of individual action and new experiences.
"An' you may be runnin' into some o' th' Mountaineers an' Nascaupees
down north, an' let un know about th' tradin' next year," suggested
Dick. "If you tells one Injun, th' hull passel o' both tribes'll know
about un. Things travels wonderful fast among th' Injuns."
The following day two toboggans were packed with the provisions and
equipment sufficient for a two weeks' absence, together with a
considerable quantity of tea in addition to their probable
requirements, and some plug tobacco, designed as gifts for the
Indians.
Long before daylight on Monday morning adieus were said and the two
young adventurers turned into the frozen, silent wastes to the
northward, Bob in the lead making a rapid pace, Shad following, and
each hauling his toboggan.
XVI
ALONE WITH THE INDIANS
At the edge of every frozen marsh and lake Ungava Bob paused to
reconnoitre for caribou, but always to be disappointed, and when he
and Shad halted at sundown to pitch their night camp, no living thing
had they seen.
Shad's small wedge tent was stretched between two trees, snow was
banked around it on the outside, and a thick bed of boughs spread upon
the snow within. Two short butts of logs were placed at proper
distance apart near the entrance and inside the tent, the tent stove
set upon them, and with an ample supply of wood cut and split, their
night shelter, with a roaring fire in the stove, was warm and cosy.
The days that followed were equally as disappointing. The smooth white
surface of the snow was unmarred by track of beast or bird. No living
creature stirred. No sound broke the silence. The frozen world was
dead, and the silence was the silence of the sepulchre.
"It's so quiet you can hear it," Shad remarked once when they halted
to make tea.
"Aye," said Bob, "'tis that, and they's no footin' of even rabbits. I
can't make un out."
On the afternoon of the third day after leaving the river tilt, they
came upon the southern shore of the Great Lake of the Indians, and
turning westward presently discovered Sishetakushin's wigwam.
The travellers received a warm welcome from the Indians. Sishetakushin
and Mookoomahn were indeed noisy and effusive in their greeting.
Manikawan radiated pleasure, but she and her mother, a large, fat
woman, as became their status as women, remained in the background.
The Indians had killed some caribou early in the season, and jerked
the meat. They had just killed a bear whose winter den they had
discovered, and over the fire was a kettle of stewing beaver meat,
upon which they feasted their visitors.
At the proper time Bob presented them with tea, Shad gave them each
some tobacco, and then Bob told them of his proposed trading project.
"My people will be glad," said Sishetakushin, "and you will have much
trade."
It developed in the course of conversation that the Indians were
preparing to move at once to the Lake of Willows (Petitsikapau), to
the northwest, in the hope of meeting caribou, for none had been seen
by them since those they had killed in early fall.
They were to cache some of their provisions near the Great Lake; and
when they had made a sufficient kill in the North to supply them with
food, were to return to their cache near the Great Lake to trap
martens, for in the more northerly country, where wide barrens take
the place of forests, martens are rarely to be found.
"Bob, here's a chance I've been hoping for," said Shad, when Bob
interpreted to him the Indians' plan. "Do you think they would be
willing to let me go with them until their return here, if I gave them
some tobacco?"
"They's no tellin', Shad, how long they'll be away," suggested Bob.
"But I want to go if they'll let me go. Please ask them," insisted
Shad.
"But they may not be findin' deer, an' if they don't find un they
won't be comin' back here till th' end o' winter. You don't want t' be
with un th' rest o' th' winter, Shad; 'twill be rougher cruisin' than
with us," Bob warned.
"Ask them. I'm going if they'll have me along;" and Shad displayed in
his tone a suggestion of resentment that Bob should question the
advisability of anything upon which he had determined.
The Indians discussed the matter at some length before finally giving
Bob an affirmative decision.
"They says you can go, Shad, but they'll not promise t' be back here
for two months, whatever, an' when they does they'll come t' th' river
tilt with you," said Bob.
"Good! It'll give me some change of experience, and the chance to
study their life and customs that I've wanted;" and Shad was elated
with the prospect.
Partly because of the earnest solicitation of his Indian friends, but
chiefly in the hope of dissuading Shad from his determination, Bob
remained in the Indian camp the remainder of the week. While they
still maintained a degree of reserve toward Shad, Bob was treated in
every respect as one of them.
Manikawan made him the object of her particular attention. She waited
upon him as the Indian women wait upon their lords, anticipating his
needs.
In expectation of his coming she had, after her return from the river
tilt, made for him a beautiful coat of caribou skins. The hair, left
on the skins, made a warm lining, while the outside of the coat,
tanned as soft and white as chamois, was decorated with designs
painted in colours. Attached to it was a hood of wolfskin.
Accompanying the coat was a pair of long, close-fitting buckskin
leggings, and a pair of buckskin moccasins, both decorated, and the
whole comprising the typical winter suit of a Nascaupee hunter.
Manikawan's attentions were extremely irritating to Bob, but he could
not well avoid them, and to have declined to accept the gift which she
had made especially for him in anticipation of his coming, would have
caused her keen disappointment. So he accepted them and donned them,
to her evident delight.
"Shad," said Bob, on the Sunday evening after their arrival "I has t'
start back in th' mornin', an' you better be goin' with me."
"No," insisted Shad, "I'll stick to the Indians for a while."
The following morning Bob bade them adieu.
"Take care of yourself, old man," said Shad. "I'll see you in a month
or so."
"I hopes so, Shad, an' you take care o' yourself, now. I'm fearin' t'
leave you, Shad."
"Oh, I know how to look out for myself," declared Shad. "Don't worry
about me."
Turning to Manikawan, who stood mutely waiting for the word of
farewell that she hoped Bob would bestow upon her, he said, in the
Indian tongue:
"White Brother of the Snow must go to his hunting grounds. He is
leaving behind him his friend. Will Manikawan minister to his friend
as she would to him? Will she see that no harm comes to him?"
"Manikawan will do as White Brother of the Snow directs," she
answered. "She will minister to his friend's needs. She will make for
his friend the nabwe. His friend will not be hungry. Manikawan will
care for him until White Brother of the Snow is weary of hunting and
comes again to Sishetakushin's lodge. She will do this because he is
the friend of White Brother of the Snow."
Then Bob turned into the white, frigid waste to the southward, and
Shad was alone with the Indians.
XVII
CHRISTMAS AT THE RIVER TILT
Christmas fell on Thursday that year, and it had been arranged that
the trappers, by turning back on their trails the preceding Saturday
instead of waiting as was their custom until Monday, and by slighting
some of the less important sections of the trails on their return
trip, should gather at the river tilt on Wednesday evening, in order
to celebrate the holiday with a feast.
It was late on Christmas eve when Ungava Bob, returning from the
Indian camp, drew his toboggan into the clearing in the centre of
which stood the river tilt. Its roof was scarcely visible in the
moonlight above the high drifted snow. He had hoped that some of the
others might have arrived before him, but no smoke issued from the
pipe, and fresh drifted, untrodden snow around the door told him that
he was the first.
It was fearfully cold. Rime filled the air. The deerskin coat which
Manikawan had given him, and which he wore, was thick coated with
frost.
He paused before the door and stood for a moment to painfully pick
away the ice that had accumulated upon his eyelashes, partially
closing his eyelids, and discovered that his nose and cheeks were
frost-bitten. He drew his right hand from its mitten, and holding his
nose in the bare palm, covered the exposed hand with the mittened palm
of the other, quickly rubbing the frosted parts with the warm palm to
restore circulation.
Presently, satisfied that the frost had been removed from nose and
cheeks, he kicked off his snowshoes, shovelled the accumulated snow
from the doorway with one of them, set the snowshoes on end in the
snow at one side, and entering the tilt lighted a candle and kindled a
fire in the stove.
Taking the kettle from the stove and an axe from a corner, he passed
out of the tilt and down to the river, chopped open the water hole,
filled the kettle, and returning set it over to heat.
Unpacking his toboggan and stowing the things away, he leaned it end
up against the tilt, brought a bucket of water from the river for
culinary use, removed his deerskin coat, and settled down in the now
comfortable tilt to prepare supper and await his friends.
Presently he heard a movement outside, and a moment later Dick Blake
poked his head in at the door.
"Evenin', Bob," he greeted. "Glad t' see you. Th' tilt smells fine an'
warm! Where's Shad?" he asked, entering and rubbing his hands over the
stove.
"Stoppin' wi' th' Injuns. I were tryin' t' get he t' come back, but he
thinks he wants t' go huntin' deer with un, an' stays," explained Bob.
"Any fur?"
"Only one marten an' one otter, but they's good uns. No sign o' foxes.
But foxes won't stay when th' rabbits goes;" and Dick went out to
unpack.
Presently Bill Campbell arrived, and a little later Ed Matheson drew
his long form through the low doorway, his red beard laden with ice.
"Where's Shad?" he asked, after greetings were exchanged.
Bob explained Shad's absence.
"Well, now!" he exclaimed. "Shad must ha' been gettin' light-headed t'
do that. Well, he's welcome t' 'bide 'long with Injuns if he wants to,
but I'm thinkin' by about now he's wishin' he was where he ain't. An'
by t'morrer he'll have boiled goose an' fried pa'tridges on his mind,
an' wishin' harder 'n ever he were back here in th' river tilt."
"He were wantin' th' hunt, an' now he may not find un so bad," said
Bob.
"He won't be havin' no feather-bed time cruisin' about with Injuns,"
insisted Ed. "Shad's gettin' wonderful peevish an' sot in his way
lately. He's thinkin' o' th' fine grub an' good times he's been havin'
t' that college place he talks about, instead o' thinkin' o' how he
likes rabbit meat three times a day an' betwixt meals when you an' him
was 'bidin' a time on th' island over here because you wasn't havin'
wings t' fly off, an' they wa'n't no other way t' get off till th'
Injun lass takes you off."
"Shad weren't gettin' peeved," objected Bob, ready to defend his
absent friend. "He were just disappointed at findin' no huntin', an'
he 'bides with th' Injuns t' get some deer."
"Maybe so, but Shad'll be glad enough t' get back t' th' river tilt,
an' when he is gettin' back he'll be findin' it fine. He'll be
thinkin' o' th' tough cruisin' with th' Injuns instead o' th' grub at
his college place, an' that'll make he think 'tis fine in th' tilts.
That's the way it mostly is with folks. They always wants somethin'
they ain't got, an' when they gets un they wants somethin' else. An'
like's not then they wants what they was havin' first, because they
can't have un now."
Ed paused to pour a cup of tea and help himself to pork.
"Shad's a good mate, though," he continued magnanimously. "He ain't
gettin' used t' th' bush yet. That's all's th' matter with he. He'll
get used t' un after a bit, an' then he won't be gettin' peeved like
he is now."
"I'm wishin' he weren't stayin' back with th' Injuns now. I'm fearin'
he'll be havin' a hard time of un--an' I'm fearin' he may be gettin'
in trouble not knowin' how t' take un," Bob remarked solicitously.
"I'm wonderful sorry, now, he stays wi' th' Injuns. 'Twould be fine
t' have he here for Christmas," agreed Ed, as he drew a plug of black
tobacco from his pocket and began to shave some of it into the hollow
of his hand, preparatory to filling his pipe.
"Any fur this trip?" asked Bob.
"Two martens--both fine uns. Not so bad. How'd you make un, Dick?"
"I gets one marten an' shoots an otter," answered Dick.
"You gettin' any, Bill?" asked Ed, turning to Bill, who was reclining
in one of the bunks and smoking in luxurious contentment.
"Aye, one marten, an' I shoots a wolf last evenin'--a wonderful poor
wolf, an' his skin ain't much account. Three of un were after me on
th' trail all day, but I only gets one."
"Three wolves, now--an' poor uns," commented Dick. "Wolves ain't
follerin' a man all day unless they's hungry, an' they ain't like t'
be hungry where they's deer."
"No," agreed Ed, who had lighted his pipe, one moccasined heel drawn
up on the edge of the bunk upon which he lounged, the other long leg
stretched out. "Wolves follers th' deer, but when they ain't no deer
t' faller they don't faller un. Which means they ain't no deer in this
part o' th' country, an' so they just naturally fallers Bill as th'
next best meat."
"An' bein' poor means they's hungry, an' bein' hungry means they's
lickin' their chops for Bill," continued Dick.
"Were it night, now?" asked Ed.
"No, 'twere broad day," answered Bill, undisturbed.
"Now if 'twere night, I'd say they was follerin' you because your red
hair lights th' trail up for un."
"'Tain't no redder 'n your'n," retorted Bill.
"Never mind un, Bill," said Bob sympathetically. "Ed's jealous because
your hair's curly an' his 'n ain't."
"Now, how about gettin' grub?" suggested Ed, when the laugh had
subsided. "They ain't nothin' t' kill, an' we got t' haul grub in from
th' Bay. I'm thinkin' t' start down Friday, an' if one o' you wants t'
go along, we'll both haul up a load on our flatsleds. How'd you like
t' go, Bill? They's a moon, an' by travellin' some at night we'll make
th' Bay for th' New Year, goin' light, an' be back by th' first o'
February, whatever, with our loads."
"I'd like wonderful well t' go!" answered Bill, elated at the prospect
of a visit to the Bay, brief as it would be.
"What you think of un?" asked Ed, addressing Dick and Bob jointly.
"We got t' have grub if we stays on th' trails," agreed Dick, "an'
they's no sign o' killin' any meat."
"Aye, we'll all have t' leave th' trails by th' first o' March,
whatever, unless some of us goes for grub," said Bob.
"Bill an' me bein' away'll stretch th' grub we has, for Bill be a
wonderful eater--" Bill interjected a protest, but Ed, ignoring it,
continued: "An' what we hauls back on th' flatsleds'll carry us over
th' spring trappin'. We'll be startin' early on Friday. We'll go down
your trail an' spring your traps up on th' way out, Bill."
A late breakfast of fried ptarmigans, and a late afternoon dinner of
boiled goose, with an evening "snack" of ptarmigan before
retiring--the last of the game reserved from the fall
shooting--together with camp bread and tea, comprised the Christmas
menu.
Directly after breakfast Ed and Bill made ready for packing on their
toboggans the light outfit which they were to use on their outward
trip; and this done, the four held a service of song in which all
joined heartily, and spent the remainder of the day luxuriously
lounging in the tilt and telling stories.
Shad was sincerely missed. He had looked forward keenly to the
Christmas feast, and many hearty good wishes were expressed for
him--that even among the Indians he might pass a pleasant day--that he
would not find the hardships so great as his friends had feared--and
that he would soon return to them in safety and none the worse for his
experiences.
Then the thoughts turned to home, and speculations as to what the
far-off loved ones were doing at the moment.
"I'm thinkin' a wonderful lot of home now," said Bob. "Tell Mother an'
Father, Ed, I'm safe an' thinkin' of un every day, an' of Emily, away
off somewheres in St. Johns t' school. It's makin' me rare lonesome t'
think o' home without Emily there. An'--an'--tell Mother, Ed--I never
forgets my prayers."
"That I will, lad!" promised Ed heartily. "An' what you wantin' me t'
say t' Bessie, now? Tell she about th' Injun lass an' th' fine
deerskin coat she's givin' you?"
"Tell Bessie I always carries th' ca'tridge bag she gives me--an' I'm
thinkin' how 'tis she that makes un--an' I'll be glad t'--get home t'
th' Bay," directed Bob hesitatingly.
"Oh, aye. Glad t' get back t' see th' Bay, I'm thinkin'," laughed Ed.
As Bob and Dick returned to the tilt an hour before daybreak, after
watching Ed and Bill disappear down the trail in the still, bitter
cold of the starlit morning, Bob remarked:
"I'm feelin' wonderful strange--I'm not knowin' how. 'Tis a
lonesomeness--but different--like as if somethin' were goin' t'
happen."
"An' I has th' same sort o' feelin'," confessed Dick. "'Tis like th'
stillness before a big storm breaks at sea--'tis like as if some one
was dyin' clost by."
XVIII
THE SPIRIT OF DEATH GROWS BOLD
When Ungava Bob was gone, Shad Trowbridge returned to the deerskin
lodge to think. Now that he was alone with the Indians, he was not at
all sure that he did not regret his decision to remain with them and
share their uncertain fortunes.
For a moment the thought occurred to him that he might even yet follow
Bob's trail and overtake him in his night camp. But he thrust the
impulse aside at once as unworthy consideration. He had come to his
decision, and he was determined to remain and play the game to a
finish.
He craved action and excitement, and the glamour of romance that
surrounded the Indians and their nomadic life had attracted him. It
was this, together with the human instinct to play at games of chance,
and the primordial instinct slumbering in every strong man's breast to
throw off restraint and, untrammelled, match his brains and strength
against the forces of untamed nature, that had led Shad to adopt the
red man's life for a period which he believed would not exceed three
or four weeks at most.
In preparation for departure the following day, the Indians erected
upon an elevated flat rock, which winds had swept bare of snow, a log
shelter some five feet square and five feet high. After lining the
bottom and sides of this shelter with spruce boughs, a quantity of
jerked venison and dried fish was deposited in it, the top covered
with boughs, and the roof, consisting of logs laid closely side by
side and weighted with stones, was placed in position. This precaution
was taken to protect the cache from marauding animals.
In the dim light of the cold December morning the deerskin covering of
the wigwam was stripped from the poles, folded and packed upon the
toboggans, together with the simple housekeeping equipment of the
Indians, and a sufficient quantity of fresh bear's meat and jerked
venison to sustain them for a fortnight.
Immediately the march was begun toward the Lake of Willows,
Sishetakushin and Mookoomahn in turn taking the lead and breaking the
trail, the others following, single file.
Day after day they pushed on and still on through scattered forests,
across wide barrens and over frozen lakes, always on the alert for
caribou but always disappointed.
Once a small flock of ptarmigans was seen along the willow brush that
lined a stream. Shad drew his shotgun from his toboggan, but the
Indians would not permit him to use it, and in disgust he returned it
to its place while he watched Sishetakushin and Mookoomahn kill the
birds with bows and arrows. He marvelled at their skill. Indeed, he
did not observe a single arrow go astray of its mark.
Eleven birds were secured in this way--the first game they had seen,
and the last they were to see for several days.
A dead, awful cold settled upon the earth. The very atmosphere was
frozen. Rime in shimmering, glittering particles hung suspended in
space, and covered bushes, trees, and rocks--scintillating in the
sunlight and seeming to intensify the cold.
The few brief hours of sunshine were disregarded. The sun rose only to
tantalise. For three or four hours each day it hung close to the
horizon, then dropped again below the southwestern hills; and its rays
gave out no warmth.
No sign of game was seen near the Lake of Willows, and no halt was
made. The life of the Indians depended upon the killing of caribou.
The little cache of jerked venison and fish left near the Great Lake
would scarcely have sustained them a month. The few ptarmigans killed
now and again were of small assistance. The food they hauled was
nearly exhausted.
Then came a period of storm. For a week snow fell and gales blew with
such terrific fury that no living thing could have existed in the
open, and during this period a halt was unavoidable.
Once a day a small ration was doled out--pitifully small--enough to
tantalise appetite, but not to still hunger. Shad was consumed with a
craving for food. He could think of nothing but food. His days on the
trails and in the tilts with the trappers were remembered as days of
luxury and feasting. He wondered if Bob and the others had thought of
him when they ate their Christmas dinner of geese and ptarmigans. "Oh,
for one delicious meal of pork and camp bread. Oh, for one night of
the luxurious warmth of the river tilt!"
When the storm abated sufficiently to permit them to continue their
journey, he moved his legs mechanically, even forgetting at last that
the effort was painful. An insidious weakness was taking possession of
him. It was an effort to draw his lightly-laden toboggan. It made him
dizzy to swing an axe when he assisted Manikawan to cut wood for the
fire. His knees gave way under him when he sat down.
Manikawan's plump cheeks were sunken. Her eyes were growing big and
staring. Her mother had lost half her bulk, and Sishetakushin and
Mookoomahn were also noticeably affected. They no longer laughed and
seldom spoke.
As one performing a duty that must not under any circumstance or
condition be neglected, Manikawan conscientiously looked after Shad's
welfare; but still she treated him with the same degree of dignity and
reserve, if not aloofness, that she had always maintained toward him.
He realised that what she did for him she did because he was the
friend of her beloved White Brother of the Snow, and not for his own
sake--as a dog will guard the thing which its master directs it to
guard, faithfully and untiringly, for the master's sake, but with no
other attachment for the thing itself.
He wondered why they did not return to their cache on the Great Lake
after the long storm, and then it occurred to him that probably their
destination was the trading post at Ungava, of which Bob had told him.
On the afternoon of the second day after the storm, they came upon a
single wigwam. Sishetakushin and Mookoomahn looked into it and passed
on. Shad raised the flap, and peering in saw the emaciated figure of
an old Indian. He was quite stark and dead, his wide-open eyes staring
vacantly into space. He had been abandoned to die.
That evening Shad stumbled over an object in the snow. He stooped to
examine it in the starlight, and was horrified to discover the dead
body of a woman.
The following morning, as they plodded wearily forward under the faint
light of the stars, they came suddenly upon a group of wigwams. Men,
women, and children came out to meet them--an emaciated, starved,
unkempt horde that had more the appearance of ghouls and skeletons
than human beings. Some of them tottered as they walked, some fell in
the snow and with difficulty regained their feet.
"Atuk! Atuk! Have you found the atuk?" was the cry from all--a
hopeless cry of desperation, as they crowded around the travellers.
"We have not found the atuk," answered Sishetakushin.
Some heard him stoically, others staggered hopelessly away to their
wigwams, others wailed:
"The Great Spirit of the Sky is angry. He has sent all the spirits to
destroy us. The Spirit of Hunger--the Gaunt Gray Wolf--is at our back.
The raven, the Black Spirit of Death, is ready to attack us. The
Spirit of the Tempest torments us. The Spirits of the Forest and of
the Barrens mock us. The Great Spirit of the Sky has driven away the
atuk, and our people are starving. Many of our people are dead. Four
of our hunters now lie dead in their lodges."
Shad Trowbridge could not understand what was said, but he could not
fail to understand the situation.
For some inexplicable reason the caribou, upon which the Indians
depended for food, had disappeared from the land. All living things
save these starving wretches had vanished.
For twenty-four hours not a mouthful of food had passed Shad's own
lips, and a sickening dread engulfed his soul.
[Footnote: This was the winter of 1890-1891, known as "the year of
starvation," when for some unknown reason the caribou failed to appear
in their accustomed haunts, and as a result one out of every three of
the Indians of northern Labrador perished of starvation.]
XIX
THE CACHE ON THE LAKE
Shad Trowbridge stood dazed, as one in a dream--a horrid, awful dream.
He looked through a haze, and what he saw was distorted, unreal,
terrible. The suffering creatures about him were spectral phantoms of
the nether world, the shimmering rime, a symbol of death, the endless
snow the white robe of the grave quickly to cover them all.
A sudden stillness fell upon the camp, to be presently broken by the
agonised scream of a woman, shrill and startling, followed by wailings
and melancholy moans. The Spirit of Death had snatched away her
favourite son.
A sickening nausea overtook Shad, and he sank upon his toboggan, faint
and dizzy with an overpowering weakness. His imagination was getting
the better of him.
It is always dangerous and sometimes fatal for one to permit the
imagination to assert itself in seasons of peril. Will power to put
away thoughts of to-morrow, to think only of to-day, to do to-day the
thing which necessity requires, coupled with a determination never to
abandon hope, is a paramount essential for the successful explorer to
possess.
In this moment of hopeless surrender Shad felt Manikawan's hand rest
lightly upon his shoulder for an instant, and looking up he saw her
standing before him, tall, straight, commanding, and as she looked
that day on the river bank when she bade him and Bob wait for her
return to free them from their island prison.
"The friend of White Brother of the Snow is not a coward. He is not
afraid of the Spirit of Hunger. He is not afraid of the Spirit of
Death. He is brave. He once outwitted the Matchi Manitu of the River.
He will outwit the Spirit of Hunger. He will outwit the Spirit of
Death. The friend of White Brother of the Snow is brave. He is not
afraid to die."
The words were unintelligible to him, but their import was
unmistakable. She, a young Indian maiden, was offering him
encouragement, and recalling him to his manhood.
He arose to his feet, ashamed that she had read his mind, ashamed that
she had found it necessary to recall him from a lapse into his foolish
weakness which must have seemed to her like cowardice.
But he remembered now that he was a man--a white man--and because he
was a white man, the physical equal and mental superior of any savage
there. Looking into Manikawan's eyes, he made an unspoken vow that she
should never again have cause to chide him.
Dawn was breaking, and in the growing light a half-dozen lodges were
to be seen. At one side and alone stood a deerskin tent of peculiar
form. It was a high tent of exceedingly small circumference, and where
the smoke opening was provided and the poles protruded at the top of
the ordinary wigwam, this was tightly closed. It was the medicine
lodge of the shaman.
Sishetakushin and Mookoomahn had entered one of the lodges immediately
after the tumult caused by their arrival had subsided, and Manikawan
now followed her mother into another lodge. There were no Indians
visible. The moans of the grief-stricken mother, rising above the
voices of men in the lodge which Sishetakushin and Mookoomahn had
entered, were the only sounds.
The air was bitterly cold, but the tragedy enacting around him had for
a time rendered Shad quite insensible to it. When he did finally
realise that, standing inactive, he was numbed and chilled, he still
lingered a little before joining Sishetakushin and Mookoomahn,
dreading to enter the famine-stricken lodges.
At last, however, necessity drove him to do so, and within the lodge
he discovered that a council was in progress. In the centre a fire
burned, and around it the men, solemn and dignified, sat in a circle.
One after another of the Indians spoke in earnest debate. They were
considering what action they should take to preserve their lives, and
Shad, as deeply interested as any, felt aggrieved that he could not
immediately learn the final result of the conference, which came to an
end as the sun cast its first feeble rays over the barren ranges that
marked the southeastern horizon.
When the council closed the Indians filed out of the lodge, and one, a
tall old man, fantastically attired in skins, entered the medicine
lodge alone, carefully closing the entrance after him to exclude any
ray of light.
Immediately drum beats were heard within the tent, accompanied by a
low groaning and moaning, which gradually increased in volume and
pitch until presently it became a high, penetrating, blood-curdling
screech. This continued for perhaps half an hour, the drum beats never
ceasing their monotonous rat-tat-tat.
The shaman, or medicine man, thus working himself into a frenzy, at
length believed he saw within the lodge the ghostly form of the
particular Matchi Manitu, or evil spirit, responsible for the
disappearance of the caribou and the resulting famine.
This spirit's wrath it was believed had for some reason unknown to the
Indians been aroused against them. Only the shaman could get into
communication with the spirit, and learn from it what course the
Indians would be required to pursue to placate its wrath, and remove
its curse.
When the appearance of the spirit was announced, the shaman began to
supplicate and implore the Matchi Manitu to withdraw from the people
the pursuit of Famine; to return the caribou to the land; and to
preserve the lives of the dying.
Presently in tones of joy the shaman announced that he had succeeded
in enlisting the services of the Matchi Manitu, and with the
announcement the din within the lodge ceased, and for several minutes
mysterious whisperings were heard.
Suddenly the shaman threw over the lodge, and in a state of exhaustion
tottered forward. Still under the influence of the paroxysms into
which he had worked himself, he delivered in a wandering, disconnected
jumble of meaningless sentences the demands of the Matchi Manitu.
These consisted of many unreasonable and impossible feats that the
people were required to accomplish before the Spirit of
Starvation--the Gaunt Gray Wolf--would cease to follow upon their
trail.
The Indians began at once to break camp. Sishetakushin had reported no
caribou to the southward. Their only remaining hope was to reach the
haven of Ungava post to the northward; and they were to begin the
life-and-death struggle northward at once--a struggle in which many
were to fall.
A sense of vast relief was experienced by Shad when Sishetakushin
resumed the march. Famished and weak as he was, this was inexpressibly
preferable to a continuance with the starving crowd, and he turned his
back upon the camp, little caring whence their trail led.
For a while they continued northward upon the frozen bed of a stream,
which they had been following for several days, then a sharp turn was
made to the eastward, and as the sun was setting they came upon the
ice of a wide lake.
At the end of a half-hour of slow plodding across an arm of the lake,
they entered the edge of sparsely wooded forest and halted.
Sishetakushin and Mookoomahn began at once to remove the snow from the
top of what appeared to be a high drift, and a little below the
surface uncovered the roof of a cache similar to the one they had made
on the shores of the Great Lake of the Indians, where Shad and Ungava
Bob had found them.
Shad's heart gave a bound when the object of the journey was revealed
to him. Here was food and promise of life! And Bob's words, so often
repeated when they were stranded on the island, flashed into his mind:
"It's th' Lard's way. He's watchin' you when you thinks He's losin'
track o' you. He's takin' care o' you an' you does your best t' take
care o' yourself."
Manikawan and her mother stretched the deerskin cover upon wigwam
poles used the previous summer and still standing near the lake, and
Shad cleared the snow from the interior of the wigwam, while the women
broke boughs and laid the bed.
In the meantime, Sishetakushin and Mookoomahn opened the cache and
transferred its precious contents to the wigwam. A fire was kindled,
and in the cosy warmth of their shelter they broke their fast, which
had now extended over a period of thirty-six hours.
The small portion of dried caribou meat doled out to each was far from
satisfying. Some of the tea which Ungava Bob had given the Indians
still remained. A kettle of this was brewed, and it served to
stimulate and warm them. Then they lighted their pipes and for a time
smoked in silence.
At length Sishetakushin, turning to Mookoomahn, began:
"On the Lake of the Beaver to the northward we have a small store of
atuk weas (deer's meat). We also have there the cover of a lodge.
Three suns will pass before we can reach this store of food. On the
Great Lake we have another store.
"Sishetakushin and the woman will travel to the Lake of the Beaver.
With the store of provisions and the lodge which we find on the Lake
of the Beaver we will travel northward to the lodge of the white man,
where the water of the river joins the big sea water, and where we
shall find food.
"Mookoomahn and the maiden, with the friend of White Brother of the
Snow, will travel southward to the Great Lake. Mookoomahn will show
the white man the way to the lodge of White Brother of the Snow. Then
he will return to the Great Lake and trap the marten and the mink.
"When the sun grows strong, and drives away the Spirit of the Frost,
Mookoomahn will travel northward to the Lake of the Beaver. There he
will find Sishetakushin and the woman to welcome him. He will take his
food from the waters as he travels.
"The maiden will remain in the lodge of White Brother of the Snow.
Sishetakushin gives her to White Brother of the Snow. She is his.
White Brother of the Snow is of our people. He will be glad, and the
maiden will be glad. White Brother of the Snow has white man's food in
great store. Mookoomahn will not be hungry."
"Mookoomahn will do as Sishetakushin directs," answered Mookoomahn.
For a time all smoked in silence, then Sishetakushin resumed:
"Of the dried meat on the toboggan Mookoomahn and those who are with
him will eat but once during each sun. They will eat little. If they
eat much, the meat will soon be gone, and the Spirit of Starvation
will overtake them and destroy them."
"Mookoomahn and those that are with him will do as Sishetakushin
directs," said Mookoomahn.
A series of signs and pantomime conveyed to Shad the substance of
Sishetakushin's remarks. He understood that on the morrow the party
was to separate. That he with Mookoomahn and Manikawan were to return
to the Great Lake, and that they had been cautioned to husband their
provisions.
He surveyed the small bundle of jerked venison with misgivings. Even
with one light meal a day he calculated that it could not last them
above three weeks. Their journey from the cache on the Great Lake to
their present position had consumed a month, including a period of one
week when they were stormbound.
Should they be fortunate and encounter no storms, the food, sparingly
doled out, might serve to sustain them. If storms delayed them, it
certainly would not.
In any case their lives must hang in the balance until the cache was
reached, unless game were encountered in the meantime, which seemed
highly improbable.
A meagre meal was served at an early hour the following morning. As
usual, camp was broken long before day, and then came the farewells.
The parting between Sishetakushin and Mookoomahn was affecting, that
between the women more stoical. Shad regretfully shook the hands of
the old Indian and his wife. They had been friends to him, and he had
no expectation that he should ever see them again.
Then Shad and his companions turned southward into the wide wastes of
frozen desolation that lay between him and his friends. It was to be a
journey of tragic experiences--a journey that was to try his metal as
it had never yet been tried.
XX
THE FOLK AT WOLF BIGHT
The Grays were very lonely and the little cabin at Wolf Bight seemed
desolate and deserted indeed during the first days following the
departure of the trappers for the interior. Mrs. Gray and Emily cried
a little, and often Emily would say:
"I wonders where Bob is now, Mother, an' what he's doin'?"
"He's workin' up th' river, lass, an' th' dirty weather's makin' th'
trackin' an' portagin' wonderful hard for un," she would answer, when
it stormed; or, when the sun shone, "They's havin' a fine day for
travellin' now."
But presently the preparations for Emily's departure for school
occupied their attention to the exclusion of all else, and they forgot
for a time their loneliness.
Her going was to be an event of vast importance. It was an innovation,
not only in their household but in the community, for never before had
any of the young people of the Bay attended school; and never before,
save on the occasion when Emily had been taken to the St. Johns
hospital the previous year, to undergo an operation, had any of the
girls--or women, either, for that matter--been farther from home than
Fort Pelican.
When Bob came into his little fortune through the salvage of the
trading schooner, "Maid of the North," Mrs. Gray had urged that
Richard rest from the trail for one season, and at the same time give
the animals an opportunity to increase. This he had done, and during
the previous winter, when Bob also was at home, he and Bob had
occupied their time in the woods with the axe and pit saw, cutting a
quantity of timber and planking.
There was no immediate need of this timber, and when Bob was gone
Richard determined to utilise it in the construction of a small
schooner, in anticipation of the trading operations to begin the
following year. Such a vessel would be a necessity in transporting
supplies from Fort Pelican to the store at Wolf Bight.
Therefore, he began at once the work of laying the keel. There were
nearly three months at his disposal before he would go out upon his
trapping trail, and in this time, hoping to accomplish much, he
remained at his task from early morning until dusk drove him from it.
Thus occupied, Mrs. Gray and Emily seldom saw him, save at meal hours
and after candle-light in the evening, and this made them doubly
lonesome.
One day late in August, Douglas Campbell sailed his boat over to Wolf
Bight to spend the day with his friends and to announce that a week
later he would come for Emily to take her to Fort Pelican, where they
were to connect with the mail boat for St. Johns.
This recalled the near approach of Emily's departure, and the days
that followed passed with amazing rapidity. Emily's new woollen
frock--the first woollen frock she had ever possessed--needed still
some finishing touches. It was to be her Sunday dress--to be worn at
church, where there would be many fine people to see her--and as
pretty as the mother's skill and care could make it.
Then there were the print frocks for everyday wear, to be freshly
laundered and packed with other clothing into a new wooden chest which
her father had made for her; and the innumerable last things to be
done, which kept Emily and her mother in a continuous state of flurry
and excitement.
Quite too soon Emily's last day at home dawned, and, true to his
appointment, Douglas Campbell arrived during the afternoon. He looked
very grand and dignified and altogether unlike himself in his suit of
grey tweed. He wore this suit only on those rare occasions--usually at
intervals of three or four years--when business called him to St.
Johns, and Emily had but once before seen him so strangely attired.
He looked so strange and unnatural--so unlike the good old Douglas
that she loved, in moleskin trousers and pea-jacket or adicky--that
she felt he was somehow different, and that the world was going all
topsy-turvy.
And then for the first time there came to her a full realisation of
the great change that was to take place in her life--that she was
going far from home and into a strange land--that for many, many
months she was to see neither her father nor her mother--that she was
to live among strangers who cared nothing for her--that she would be
separated from those who loved her and all that she held dear in the
world. A great ache came into her heart--the first heart-hunger of the
homesick--and she slipped away behind the curtain to throw herself
upon her little white bed and seek relief in stifled sobs.
Presently as she lay there, weeping quietly to herself, loud
exclamations of hearty welcome from her father and mother as some one
entered the door caused her to sit up and listen. Then she recognised
Tom Black's voice, and heard Bessie asking:
"Where's Emily?"
This was splendid! Bessie had come to spend the night! And, quickly
drying her tears and forgetting her heartache, Emily rushed out to
greet her friend and to find that the whole Black family were
there--Tom, the motherly Mrs. Black, and Bessie.
"Oh, Emily, I just had t' come t' see you off!" exclaimed Bessie, as
the two girls rushed together and hugged each other in delight. "I
coaxes, an' coaxes, an' coaxes Father t' bring me over, an' he just
teases me an' says he's busy, an' Mr. McDonald can't spare he, till
this mornin' he says we're comin'. An' all th' time he an' Mother's
plannin' t' come!"
"'Twon't do t' tell a maid everything you plans t' do," Tom chuckled.
Bessie pursed up her red lips, and tossing her head at him laughed
gaily, showing her dimples.
"Oh, but you just had t' come anyway, for I'd never give you a bit o'
peace if you hadn't."
Her cheeks flushed with excitement and her eyes sparkling with
pleasure, Tom looked at her proudly, and could not refrain from the
remark:
"She ain't a very humbly lass, now be she, Richard?"
"Now, Father, stop teasin' Bessie," cautioned Mrs. Black. "He's always
teasin' th' lass."
"I'm just dyin' t' see your things, Emily!" exclaimed Bessie, as Emily
took her friend's bonnet and wraps. "An, I couldn't let you go without
seein' you. An' I'm goin' t' stay awhile, too, with your mother.
She'll be so lonesome without somebody t' talk to when you goes."
"Oh, Bessie! How wonderful glad I am o' that! I were just thinkin' how
lonesome Mother were goin' t' be with me an' Bob both gone--an'--an'
'twere makin' me feel bad;" and Emily brushed away a tear.
"We'll not be lettin' your mother, nor father, either, get lonesome,"
said Douglas, patting her shoulder gently and looking down in his
kindly way into her face. "Bessie'll be 'bidin' here till I comes back
in October, an' then she'll be comin' again after th' New Year for a
long stop. An' I'll be comin' once every week, whatever."
"Oh, I'm hopin' so!" Mrs. Gray exclaimed. "I'm not darin' t' think
about how 'twill be when Emily's gone."
"Now I knows, an' Tom knows; an' we was talkin' t' Douglas about un
when he were over t' th' post, an' we were sayin', 'Now Bessie'll have
t' go over an' 'bide awhile with Mary when Emily's gone,'" said Mrs.
Black.
"An' you never tells me, an' just lets me tease t' come!" pouted
Bessie.
"We were wantin' t' surprise you, lass. An'," Mrs. Black continued,
addressing Mrs. Gray, "I knows what 'tis t' be alone, now, an' th' men
folks is all in th' bush. I used t' be alone before Tom takes th'
place t' th' post; but now we has plenty o' company."
"'Tis wonderful good an' thoughtful of you!" Mrs. Gray exclaimed
heartily. "Now set in an' have a cup o' tea an' a bite. You must need
un after th' cruise over."
The evening was spent in chatting and visiting and looking over
Emily's new clothes. Neither Emily nor Bessie--both overcome with
excitement--slept much, however, that night, for they had a world to
talk about as they lay in bed--but most of all the great and wonderful
experiences Emily was to have.
Emily and her mother clung to each other, and Bessie to both of them,
and cried and cried, when the time for parting came the following
morning, until finally Douglas and Richard were compelled to draw
Emily gently into the boat. Then motherly Mrs. Black, surreptitiously
brushing tears from her own eyes, put her arm around Mrs. Gray and
soothingly urged:
"Don't be cryin', Mary. Th' maid's goin' t' be all right, an' they's
nothin' to cry for. 'Twon't be so long till you has she back."
Richard had the hull of the little schooner well under way when the
mid-October cold forced him to abandon the work until the following
summer, and he was preparing to set out upon his trail when Douglas
appeared one evening, fresh from St. Johns, to report Emily
comfortably settled in the home of a hospitable family near the school
she was attending, and that she was immensely interested in her
studies and fairly well contented, though a little lonesome at times
for home.
Douglas evidently had something on his mind that troubled him. Once
Mrs. Gray asked if he were ailing, but he denied anything but the best
of health. Finally, however, as a disagreeable duty that he must
perform, the kind-hearted old trapper said:
"I'm not knowin' just how t' tell you--'twill be a wonderful hard blow
t' th' lad--th' bank where Bob were puttin' his money has broke, an'
I'm fearin' th' money's all lost."
"Lost! Lost!" exclaimed Richard and Mrs. Gray together.
"Aye," said Douglas, "lost."
Then he explained fully the failure of the bank, in which he also had
a small amount on deposit, and the improbability of any of the
depositors recovering more than a nominal percentage of their
deposits, and even that doubtful.
"Well," said Mrs. Gray, "'twill be wonderful hard on th' lad, an' he
countin' so on th' tradin' business."
"Aye," repeated Richard, "wonderful hard on he. Wonderful hard an'
disappointin', After all his plannin' an' hopin' an' thinkin' about
un."
"An' Emily's schoolin' charge! How now be we goin' t' pay un?" asked
Mrs. Gray.
"Don't worry about that, now," said Douglas. "I were wantin' she t'
go, an' I were th' first t' say for she t' go, an' I'll see, now,
about un this year, whatever. Don't worry about th' schoolin', now."
"But we can't be havin' you pay un," remonstrated Richard.
"Well, now, don't worry about un," insisted Douglas. "We'll see. We'll
see."
They lapsed into silence for a little, when Bessie remarked:
"'Tisn't so bad, now. 'Tis bad t' lose th' money, an' 'twill be hard
an' disappointin' t' Bob, but he's a wonderful able lad--they's no
other lad in th' Bay so able as Bob. He's a fine lot o' traps on his
new trails, an' he'll not be doin' so bad, now."
"Yes," agreed Douglas, "he be, now, a wonderful able lad."
"And," Richard spoke up, beginning to see the brighter side of the
situation, "Bob owns un, an' he's havin' no debt, an' he's payin' up
all our debts. They's no other folk o' th' Bay as well off as we be."
"I weren't thinkin' of un that way. I were just thinkin' of how hard
'twill be for Bob-givin' up th' tradin'," Mrs. Gray explained. "But we
has a lot t' be thankful for, an', as Bessie says, Bob's young an'
wonderful able."
But nevertheless it was a hard blow--a disheartening blow--to all of
them. Bob had planned so much for the future, he was still planning
and dreaming of his career as a trader, and building air castles--away
up there in the desolate white wilderness.
This meant, instead of the realisation of those dreams, a tedious,
interminable tramping, year after year, of the fur trails, an always
uncertain, a never-ending, struggle for the bare necessities of life.
A single bad year would throw them again into debt; two bad years in
succession would plunge them so hopelessly into debt that the most
earnest effort for the remainder of his life would not relieve Bob of
its burden.
XXI
THE RIFLED CACHE
The cold of February, intense, searching, deadly, tightened its grip
upon the wilderness, sapping the life of the three struggling human
derelicts--for derelicts Shad Trowbridge felt himself and his two
companions to be--as they fought their way, now hopefully, now
despondently, but ever with slower pace, as strength ebbed, toward the
precious cache on the shores of the Great Lake; and with the slower
progress that growing weakness demanded, it was quickly found
necessary to reduce by half the already minute portion of dried
caribou meat allotted to each.
Everything in the world save only themselves seemed to have been
frozen into oblivion. There was no sound, save the monotonous swish,
swish of their own snowshoes, to disturb the silence--a silence
otherwise as absolute and vast as the uttermost depths of the grave.
Storms overtook them, but they mercifully were storms of short
duration, and seldom interfered with hours of travel. Staggering, but
ever struggling forward, they forced their way painfully on and on,
over pitiless windswept ridges, across life-sapping, desolate barrens,
through scarcely less inhospitable forests. Exerting their waning
strength to its utmost, they never stopped, save when exhausted nature
compelled them to halt for brief intervals of sleep and rest, to
recuperate their wasted energies.
Shad Trowbridge came finally to wonder vaguely if he were not dead,
this another existence, and be doomed to keep going and going through
endless ages over endless reaches of snow. To his numbed intellect it
seemed that he had been thus going for months and years.
Like a vague, pleasant dream of something experienced in a previous
life, he remembered Bob and the tilts, Wolf Bight farther back, and
the dear old college. What would the fellows say now, if they were to
see him--the fellows who had known him in that former, happier life?
At other times he fancied he heard Ungava Bob and the others hallooing
in the distance, and he would answer in glad, expectant shouts. But
there never came a reply.
The first time this occurred Manikawan turned and looked inquiringly
at him, through eyes sunk deep in their sockets. When it was repeated
later--and he came to hear the voices and to shout to the empty snow
wastes at least once every day--she would step to his side,
solicitously touch his shoulder and say:
"The friend of White Brother of the Snow hears the voices of the
Matchi Manitu of Hunger. Let him close his ears and be deaf, for the
Matchi Manitu is mocking him."
Mookoomahn's face was not pleasant to see now; it was horrible--the
dark skin was drawn tight over the high cheek bones, the lips shrunken
to the gums, and the eyes fallen far back into the skull. His face
resembled more than anything else the smoked and dried skull of a
mummy.
Shad laughed sometimes when he looked at Mookoomahn's ghastly face,
framed in a mass of long, straggling black hair; at other times he was
overcome with a heart-rending pity for Mookoomahn that brought tears
to his eyes. But tears froze, and were annoying and painful.
Manikawan, too, had changed woefully. The lean, gaunt figure stalking
along uncomplainingly with Shad and Mookoomahn had small resemblance
to the beautiful, commanding Manikawan that bade Bob and Shad be
patient in their imprisonment on the island until she returned to
relieve them; or the glowing, happy Manikawan that accompanied Shad
and the others to the river tilt after she had accomplished the
rescue. Though there still burned within her an unquenchable fire of
energy, and she never lagged on the trail, she was no longer the
Manikawan of old.
In spite of all the hardships and all the pain, and slowly starving as
she was, she never ceased her attention to Shad, and she never once
lost her patience with him.
When Shad laughed hysterically and derisively at his fate, as he did
sometimes, Manikawan would step to his side, touch him lightly with
her hand, and say in the same old voice, lower than of old, but even
more musical and sweet:
"The friend of White Brother of the Snow is brave. He is not a coward.
He is not afraid to die."
This always had a magical, soothing effect upon Shad. Though he never
learned to interpret her language, the touch of the hand, the human
note of encouragement in her voice, the light in the eyes that looked
into his, never failed to recall him to his manhood and to himself,
and to the remembrance of his vow that as a white man he must by mere
force of will prove his superiority.
All record of time was lost. But the days were visibly lengthening
with each sunrise and sunset, and when the wind did not blow to freeze
them, and the snow did not drift to blind them, the sunshine gave
forth a hint--just a hint--of warmth.
One day the dead silence was suddenly startled by the long-drawn-out
howl of a wolf. It was a blood-curdling and almost human cry, and Shad
likened it to the agonised cry of a lost soul in the depths of eternal
torment. Again and again it sounded, then suddenly ceasing, Shad
discovered the animal itself trotting leisurely after them far in the
rear, and a feeling of fellowship--of pity--welled up in his bosom.
But when he discovered the creature still following them the next day,
now so near that he could see its lolling red tongue, its lean sides,
and ugly fangs, he became possessed with a feeling of revulsion toward
it. Then he fancied it the embodied Spirit of Starvation stalking them
and awaiting an opportunity to destroy them. This fancy gave birth to
a consuming, intense hatred of the thing. Finally it attained the
proportions of a mocking, tantalising demon.
Cunningly he watched for a moment when it was well within rifle shot,
and drawing his rifle from the toboggan he dropped upon a knee, aimed
carefully, and pulled the trigger. The frost-clogged firing pin did
not respond, and the wolf, seeming to understand its peril, slunk away
unharmed.
Shad had seen it plainly--its repulsive gray sides so lank that they
seemed almost to meet, its red, hungry tongue lolling from its ugly
mouth, its cruel white fangs, and its malevolent, gleaming eyes. His
hatred for the creature became an obsession, for it appeared again
presently, persistently following, but now keeping at a respectful
distance.
On the third day, however, the wolf had forgotten its temporary
timidity, and with increased boldness stole steadily upon their heels.
With a patience quite foreign to him Shad waited, glancing behind
constantly, but making no demonstration until the wolf, apparently
satisfied that it had little to fear from the hunger-stricken
plodders, trotted boldly up and took a place behind them, so near that
if the rifle failed at the first snap there would be opportunity for a
second attempt before the beast could pass out of range.
Shad again stopped, and seizing the rifle discovered that the beast
had also stopped and stood glaring at him, mocking and unafraid. As
though, knowing their weakness, it had lost respect for their power to
injure it.
A mighty rage took possession of Shad. He fell to his knee again,
aimed carefully, and again pulled the trigger. This time there was a
report, and in an insane frenzy of delight he beheld the carcass of
the tantalising creature stretched upon the snow.
[Illustration: Shooting the wolf.]
Mookoomahn and Manikawan had halted, and stood in breathless silence
watching the result of Shad's shot. Now with an exclamation of
pleasure from Mookoomahn the two rushed forward, knives in hand, and
in an incredibly short time the carcass of the wolf was quartered, a
fire lighted, and some of the meat cooking.
It was a lean, scrawny wolf, and the meat tough and stringy, but to
the famished travellers it meant life, and Shad thought the
half-cooked piece which Mookoomahn doled to him as his share the
sweetest morsel he had ever eaten.
The wolf meat, carefully husbanded, supplied food until one morning
Mookoomahn by a series of signs conveyed the information to Shad that
they were within one day's march of the cache. Then they ate the last
of it, that it might give them strength for the final effort.
It was evening, but not yet dark, when familiar landmarks told Shad
that they were nearing the goal, and a little later they halted where
the poles of Sishetakushin's lodge stood in the edge of the woods
above the lake shore.
With furious haste Shad and Mookoomahn rushed to the cache, but
suddenly stopped, aghast and stupefied. The cache had been rifled of
its contents, and lying near it, half covered with snow, lay the
frozen, emaciated body of an Indian.
XXII
MANIKAWAN'S SACRIFICE
An examination of the surroundings made it plain that a band of
eastern Mountaineer or Mingen Indians, in a starving condition, had
visited the place; that one of them, already too far exhausted to be
revived, had died; that the others, taking the food, had left his body
uncared for and fled.
The disappointment was quite beyond expression. Had they been in good
physical condition, a short three days' travel would now have carried
them to the river tilt and safety. In their present weakened and
starved condition at least twice that time would be consumed in the
journey, and no food remained to help them on their way.
In deep depression Shad assisted Manikawan to stretch the deerskin
covering upon the lodge, while Mookoomahn gathered wood for the fire.
Clumsy with weakness, dizzy with disappointment, Shad reached to
spread the skin, his snowshoes became entangled, he stumbled and fell.
When he attempted to rise he discovered to his dismay that he had
wrenched a knee, and when he attempted to walk he was scarcely able to
hobble into the lodge.
The last bare chance of life fled, the last thread of flickering hope
broken, Shad sank down, little caring for the pain, numb with a
certainty of quickly impending death. He could not keep the pace of
the Indians. He could not travel at all, and he could neither ask nor
expect that they do otherwise than proceed as usual after a period of
rest, and leave him to his fate.
Very early in the morning Shad heard a movement in the lodge, and
realised that Mookoomahn and Manikawan were engaged in low and earnest
conversation. This meant, he was sure, that they were going.
He vaguely wondered whether they would take the lodge with them and
leave him to die the more quickly in the intense cold of the open, or
whether they would leave it behind them as a weight now too great to
be hauled farther upon their toboggan.
He did not care much. He was resigned to his fate. He suffered now no
pain of body, save an occasional twitch of the knee when he moved. The
hunger pain had gone. It would be sweet and restful, after all, to lie
there and die peacefully. It would end the struggle for existence.
There would be no more weary plodding over boundless snow wastes. The
end of hope was the end of trouble and pain.
With his acceptance of the inevitable, and resignation to his fate, a
great lassitude fell upon him. He was overcome with a drowsiness, and
as the swish, swish of retreating snowshoes fell upon his ears he
dropped into a heavy sleep.
It must have been hours later when Shad opened his eyes to behold
sitting opposite him, across the fire, Manikawan. She smiled when she
saw that he was awake, and he thought how thin and worn she looked, a
mere shadow of the Manikawan he had first known.
Then there dawned upon his slowly-waking brain a realisation of the
situation. She had resigned her chance of life to remain with him. He
could not permit this. It was a useless waste of life. There was still
hope that she might reach the tilts and safety. By remaining with him
she was deliberately rejecting a possible opportunity to preserve
herself. Much perturbed by this discovery, Shad sat up.
"Mookoomahn?" he asked, pointing toward the south.
"Mookoomahn," she answered, pointing in the same direction.
"Manikawan," pointing at the fire, to indicate that Mookoomahn had
gone but she had remained.
He protested by signs that she should follow Mookoomahn. He passed
around the fire to where she sat, and grasped her arm in his bony
fingers, in an attempt to compel her to do so; but she stubbornly
shook her head, and, forced to submit, he resumed his seat. Both sorry
and glad that he should not be left alone, he reached over and pressed
her hand as an indication of his appreciation of her self-sacrifice.
Then she dipped from a kettle by the fire a cup of liquid, which she
handed him. He sipped it, and, discovering that it was a weak broth,
drank it. He looked at her inquiringly.
Turning again to the pail, she drew forth half a boiled ptarmigan,
which she passed him.
"Let the friend of White Brother of the Snow eat. It is little, and it
will not drive away the Spirit of Hunger, but it will help to keep
away the evil Spirit of Starvation until White Brother of the Snow
brings food to his friend."
He accepted it and ate, not ravenously, for his hunger now was not
consuming, but with delicious relish. Manikawan did not eat, but he
presumed that she had already had a like portion.
Shad was able to hobble, though with considerable pain, in and out of
the lodge, and to assist in getting wood for the fire, and so far as
she would permit him to do so he relieved her of the task.
The following morning and for four successive mornings the cup of
broth and the portion of ptarmigan awaited him when he awoke. It was
evident Manikawan had killed them with bow and arrow.
He never saw her eat. It was quite natural that she should have done
so before he awoke of mornings, for he made no attempt at early
rising.
But he noted with alarm that Manikawan was daily growing weaker. She
staggered woefully at times when she walked, like one intoxicated. She
was weaker than he, but this he ascribed to his stronger mentality.
By sheer force of will he put aside the insistent weakness, which he
knew would get the better of him were he to resign himself to it. By
the same force of will he injected into his being a degree of physical
energy. But he was a white man, she only an Indian, and this could not
be expected of her.
Then there came a day when he awoke to find her gone, and no broth or
ptarmigan awaiting him. Later she tottered into the lodge, and
empty-handed laid her bow and arrow aside.
The next morning she was lying prone, and the fire was nearly out, for
the wood was gone.
"Poor girl," he said, "she is tired and has overslept;" and
stealthily, that he might not disturb her, he stole out for the needed
wood.
She was awake when he returned, and she tried to rise, but fell
helplessly back upon her bed of boughs.
"Manikawan is weak like a little child," she said, in a low, uncertain
voice. "But White Brother of the Snow will soon come. The suns are
rising and setting. He will soon come. Let the friend of White Brother
of the Snow have courage."
Shad brewed her some strong tea--a little still remaining. She drank
it, and the hot stimulant presently gave her renewed strength.
But Shad was not deceived. Manikawan's words had sounded to him a
prophecy of the impending end. Her voice and her rapidly failing
strength told him that the Spirit of Hunger--the Gaunt Gray Wolf--was
conquering; that the spirit most dreaded of all the spirits, Death,
stood at last at the portal of the lodge, waiting to enter.
XXIII
TUMBLED AIR CASTLES
With the strengthening cold that came with January and continued into
February, the animals ceased to venture far from their lairs in search
of food, and the harvest of the trails was therefore light. With the
disappearance of rabbits, the fox and lynx had also disappeared. The
rabbit is the chief prey of these animals during the tight midwinter
months, and as the wolf follows the caribou, so the fox follows the
rabbit.
With the going of the fox the field of operations was not only
narrowed, but the work was robbed of much of its zest. When foxes are
fairly numerous the trapper is always buoyed with the hope that a
black or silver fox, the most valuable of the fur-bearing animals, may
wander into his traps; and this hope renders less irksome the weary
tramping of the trails at seasons when the returns might otherwise
seem too small a recompense for the hardships and isolation suffered.
The two preceding years had yielded rich harvests to Dick Blake, and
had more than fulfilled his modest expectations. He was, therefore,
though certainly disappointed, far from discouraged with the present
outlook, and very cheerfully accepted the few marten and mink pelts
that fell to his lot as a half loaf by no means to be despised.
While Ungava Bob had looked forward to a successful winter's trapping,
his chief object in coming so far into the wilderness had been the
establishment of his new trails as a basis for future trading
operations; and more particularly, therefore, with a view to the
future than to the immediate present. Neither was he, for this reason,
in any wise discouraged. His youthful mind, engaged in planning the
castles he was to build tomorrow, had no room for the disappointments
of to-day.
Sishetakushin had given Bob the assurance that the Nascaupees would
bring him their furs to barter. He was satisfied, also, that he could
secure a large share of the trade of the Eastern, or Bay, Mountaineer
Indians, for he would pay a fair and reasonable price for their furs,
and they would quickly recognise the advantage of trading with him.
And he would have another advantage over the coast traders: he would
establish a trading station in the very heart of the wilderness, in
the midst of the Indian hunting country.
Previous to his coming into his little fortune his father had, as far
back as Bob could remember, been struggling under a load of debt. At
times the family had been plunged into the very uttermost depths of
poverty; and even now a sickening dread stole upon Bob as he recalled
some of the winters through which they had passed when the factor at
the post had refused them further credit, and the flour barrel at home
was empty, and they could scarcely have survived had it not been for
the bounty of Douglas Campbell.
This was the condition still with many of the families of the Bay.
They were always in debt to the Company for advances of provisions,
and there was no hope that they could ever emerge from the deplorable
condition. It was the policy of the Company that they should not.
In accepting credit from the Company, the trapper placed himself under
obligation to deliver to the Company every product of his labours
until the debt was discharged. The Company allowed the trapper in
return for his pelts such an amount as it saw fit. He had no word in
the matter, and of necessity was compelled to accept the Company's
valuation of his furs, which valuation the Company took good care to
place so low as to obviate any probability of his release from debt.
At a reasonable valuation of their furs, there was seldom a year that
most, if not all, the Bay trappers might not have been freed from
their serfdom.
Thus when a trapper died his only inheritance to his children was a
burden of debt, which sometimes passed down from generation to
generation; for the son who refused to assume his father's debt was
denied credit or consideration at the Company's stores.
The Grays, as we have stated, had felt the heavy hand of this
inquisitional system. Now that they were free, Bob's sympathy was
poured out to his neighbours, and he was secretly planning how, when
he became a trader, he might also compass their release.
As rapidly as his profits would permit, Bob was determined to advance,
first to one family, then to another, sufficient cash to discharge
their debts and relieve them from their obligation to the Company.
Then he would advance them the necessary provisions and supplies to
sustain them until they returned from their trails with their hunt. He
would buy their pelts at as high a price as he could afford with a
reasonable profit. This price would always be certainly double, and
often four or five times, that which the Company was accustomed to
allow.
Bob, thus forming his Utopian plans, forgot the tedium of the trail.
No person is so happy as when doing something to make some other
person happy. And Bob was happy because he believed he was to be the
means of bringing happiness to many. Making a comfortable living
himself, he would make it possible for his neighbours to make a
comfortable living, also.
It never occurred to him that failure was possible, or that, with the
amount of capital which he believed was still at his disposal, the
plan was unpractical. Young, highly optimistic, and somewhat
visionary, his dreams assumed the status of reality.
Bob's mind was thus pleasantly occupied when at the end of the first
week in February he returned to the river tilt to find Ed Matheson and
Bill Campbell back from Eskimo Bay, and Dick Blake, just in from his
trail, drawing off his frost-encrusted adicky.
"An' there's Bob, now!" exclaimed Ed, as Bob appeared in the doorway.
"'Tis grand, now, t' see you back," said Bob, his face beaming welcome
as he shook the hands of the returned travellers. "Dick an' me's been
missin' you wonderful."
"'Twere grand, now, t' see th' tilt when Bill an' me comes in last
evenin'. 'Twere th' hardest pull up from th' Bay with our loads we
ever has, an' we was tired enough t' drop when we gets here. Where's
Shad?"
"Wi' th' Injuns yet, an' I'm worryin' about he not comin' back. They
must ha' gone a long ways down north lookin' for deer, or they'd been
back before this. How'd you find th' folks at th' Bay, Ed?"
"Fine--all of un fine. Your mother's wantin' wonderful bad t' see you.
But when I tells she you'm all right, she stops worryin'. I were
forgettin' t' say anything about th' trouble wi' th' Mingens, though;"
and Ed grinned.
"Forgettin' a purpose?" asked Bob, smiling.
"Maybe so," admitted Ed. "What's past don't do nobody no good t' know
when they's nothin' for un t' make right. 'Twouldn't ha' helped none
for she t' know about th' Mingens, so I just naturally forgets un."
"I'm glad o' that. Mother'd 'a' worried an' been thinkin' all sorts o'
things happenin' what never would happen;" and, greatly relieved, Bob
asked, "An' when'd you make th' Bay?"
"'Twere just New Year. Bill an' me cruises along fast, bein' light,
an' takin' short sleeps. 'Twere night when we gets t' Wolf Bight, an'
I says t' Bill, says I: ''Tis near midnight, an' likewise t' th' New
Year. They'll be sleepin', an' le's's wake un up shootin' th' New Year
in like all creation.'
"Gettin' alongside th' winder, we lets go till our rifles is empty,
and then rushin' in th' door yells, 'Happy New Year!' They was awake,
all right, wonderin' what in time an' creation were turned loose on
un, we yellin' like a passel o' Injuns. They was glad t' see us.
"Bill goes home t' Kenemish with daylight, an' your father takes me t'
th' post wi' dogs an' komatik, your mother goin' along, an' I gets
home th' evenin'."
"Were they goin' right back home?"
"No, they 'bides t' th' post with Tom Black's folks till th' end o'
th' week, an' Bessie goes back with un t' be company with your mother.
Oh, I were forgettin'! Here's somethin' your mother were sendin';" and
Ed reached under the bunk and drew forth a package.
Upon opening the package Bob discovered a quantity of sweet cakes, a
loaf of plum bread, and a letter. He passed the cakes around, then
drawing up to the candle proceeded at once to read hungrily his
mother's letter.
It was a message of love and encouragement, closing with the news of
the bank failure and consequent loss of the little fortune with which
he had planned to do so many things. Presently looking up he said, in
a shaking voice:
"Why--Ed--Mother's sayin' th' bank's broke--an' all our money's gone."
"Aye," admitted Ed, his voice sympathetic and sorrowful. "'Tis broke,
lad--I were hopin' she wouldn't write you that, an' you wouldn't know
till you gets home. But don't worry about un, now, lad. 'Twon't do no
good. If you hadn't known about un now, you wouldn't be worryin' about
un. An' now you knows, 'twon't help none."
"I suppose you're right, Ed. But 'twill be hard not t' worry. I were
plannin' so."
"'Tain't so bad as t' have some o' your folks die, now. An' I been
noticin' all my life that sometimes things happens t' me I thinks is
'most more'n I can stand, an' I feels like givin' up. Then somethin'
comes along that's better'n anything I ever thought o' gettin'. An'
then when I thinks un out, I finds th' good couldn't ha' come without
me havin' th' trouble first. So don't get feelin' too bad about un,
Bob. This may be just openin' th' way for some wonderful good luck
better 'n all th' money you loses," soothed Ed.
There was a postscript which Bob had overlooked. Now in folding the
letter his eye caught it and he read it--a brief line added by Bessie,
telling him not to think too much about his loss, for she was sure it
would all be well in the end, and not to forget it was the Lord's will
or it could not have happened, adding, "Remember, Bob, the Lord is
always near you."
Nevertheless, Bob was very quiet at supper. He could not forget his
tumbled air castles. He could not forget the fact that the returns
from the present year's trapping would be insufficient to buy the next
year's outfit.
"They was a band o' Injuns comes t' th' post just before I leaves,
pretty nigh on their last legs," remarked Ed, when they had finished
eating and he had lighted his pipe. "They was about as nigh starved as
any passel o' men I ever seen, an' if they'd been starved much more
they'd been dead. I hears some o' th' band did die before these gets
out."
"Who were they?" asked Bob.
"Mountaineers," answered Ed. "They was back in th' country huntin',
but don't find th' deer. They's camped down t' th' post now."
"Did you hear where 'bouts they was huntin'?" inquired Dick. "In th'
nu'th'ard or s'uth'ard?"
"They all comes from th' nu'th'ard and west'ard o' th' post," said Ed.
"They tells me they finds it th' worst year for fur an' game up that
way they ever seen, an' I tells un 'tis th' same here."
"I wonders, now, how Shad an' th' Injuns he's with is makin' out.
They'll be wonderful bad off, an' they don't run on th' deer,"
suggested Dick.
"They'll be likely t' find un up where they finds un when I was with
un," reassured Bob, "but 'tis a long cruise there an' back."
Bob's loss was a keen disappointment to him. For several days it
robbed him of ambition, and he tramped along the trails and attended
to his traps dully and methodically, with a heavy heart. Then he began
to say to himself:
"'Tis th' Lard's way. 'Tweren't right for me to go tradin' or t' have
th' money, an' th' Lord knowin' it takes th' money away."
This thought, with his natural buoyancy of temperament, restored again
to a large extent his interest and ambition in his work; and when he
remembered that he was, after all, the owner of two unencumbered
trails, with all their traps, he almost forgot his disappointment--but
not altogether; that was impossible.
With the end of February ptarmigans began to reappear among the
willows along the river bank. They were welcomed by the trappers, for
they supplied a much needed variety to the diet. They offered hope,
too, that the period of famine was nearing its end.
Ed Matheson's report of the condition of the Indians appearing at the
Eskimo Bay post gave the men food for thought. When they gathered
again at the river tilt two weeks later, the chief subject of
conversation was Shad's continued absence, and many speculations were
put forth as to the probable movements of Shad and their Indian
friends. Whether or not they were likely to find caribou, where they
would go and what they would be likely to do should they fail, were
questions which they discussed at length. And they did not conceal
from one another the fact that they were deeply concerned for Shad's
safety.
When the trappers gathered again at the rendezvous on Friday, the
sixth of March, they fully expected that Shad would be there to greet
them, but they were disappointed. His failure to appear at this late
date excited alarm, but no course of action that would be in the least
likely to lead to results presented itself.
They agreed that the Indians had beyond doubt left a cache at the
Great Lake, for Sishetakushin had stated to Bob that he would do so;
and upon returning to that point it was believed Shad would have
sufficient food to proceed to the river tilt. Any search beyond the
Great Lake would be fruitless, for none could know in what direction
to search.
Still there was no Shad on Friday, the twentieth of March. They ate
their supper and resumed their speculations.
"I'm thinkin', now, t' make a cruise t' th' place where th' Injuns was
camped when I left un," declared Bob. "If they ain't there, I'll come
back, unless I sees signs of un. And, anyway, 'twill make me feel
better."
"An' I'll go along," said Ed. "We'll be startin' in th' mornin' early,
an' we may's well get our stuff out t'-night, ready t' pack."
They had blown out the candle and were lying in their bunks,
discussing still Shad's long absence, when the door of the tilt was
pushed quietly open and the figure of a man appeared in the moonlight
at the entrance.
They sprang from their bunks, and Ed Matheson, striking a match,
applied it to a candle. As the light flared up the man entered, and
Mookoomahn stood before them.
XXIV
THE MESSENGER
They looked at the Indian in awed and speechless horror. His tale of
suffering was told before he spoke. He had come from a land of
Tragedy. He had been stalking side by side with Death.
This was a mere shadowy caricature of the Mookoomahn Bob had known.
The face was fleshless as that of a skeleton head, with the skin of
the former inhabitant stretched and dried upon the bones; the lips so
shrunken that they scarcely served to cover the two white lines of
teeth; the eyes deep fallen into gaping cavities below the frontal
bone.
Drawing his skeleton hands from their mittens, and raising them in an
imploring gesture, Mookoomahn looked, as he stood there in the dim
candlelight under the low log ceiling, more a spectre--a ghostly
phantom visitor--than a living human being.
Then he spoke in a voice low and broken:
"White Brother of the Snow, Mookoomahn has long been tormented by the
Spirit of Hunger. When he slept the Spirit of Starvation sat by his
side, never sleeping. When he travelled the Spirit of Starvation
stalked at his heels, never tiring. For many suns the Spirit of Death
has had his cold fingers on Mookoomahn's shoulder."
Gently Bob removed the caribou-skin coat from the starving and
exhausted traveller, and made him comfortable while the others brewed
tea and heated some cold boiled ptarmigan in the pan.
"'Twon't do t' give he much at first," cautioned Dick Blake, setting
before Mookoomahn a small portion of the meat and a small piece of
bread with a cup of the hot tea. "He's like t' be wonderful sick,
anyway, th' carefullest we is. We'll let he have a small bit at a
time, an' let he have un often."
No questions were asked until after the Indian had eaten. It seemed
almost that no questions were necessary. The man had come alone. He
was in the last stages of starvation. These facts spoke loudly enough.
They told the tale of wasting strength, of hopeless struggle, of
tragic death that had taken place in the bleak wild wastes above.
The food revived and the tea stimulated Mookoomahn, and when he spoke
again, in answer to Bob's urgent request that he tell them of the fate
of Shad and the others, his voice was stronger.
He described the journey to the Lake of Willows, and thence to the
camp of starving Indians. He told how the shaman had made medicine to
the spirits; how the spirits had revealed to the shaman the things
that it was required the Indians do; how the Indians in their starved
condition were not able to fulfil the requirements laid upon them by
the spirits; and how in consequence the wrath of the spirits was not
placated.
He described the journey to the cache on the northern lake;
Sishetakushin's instructions, and gift of Manikawan to White Brother
of the Snow; of the parting from Sishetakushin.
Vividly he detailed the long and tedious return to the Great Lake; and
how the angry spirits reaching up had seized Shad, cast him into the
snow, and lamed him.
"The friend of White Brother of the Snow could not walk. The Matchi
Manitu had wounded his knee. Manikawan, the sister of Mookoomahn, had
promised White Brother of the Snow that she would not leave his friend
until he came.
"Mookoomahn told Manikawan White Brother of the Snow would not hold
her to her promise. That White Brother of the Snow did not mean that
she should die for his friend.
"Manikawan would not listen to Mookoomahn, and she said: 'When White
Brother of the Snow comes he will find Manikawan waiting with his
friend. She has promised. If the Spirit of Death comes into the lodge,
White Brother of the Snow will find Manikawan's body with the body of
his friend, and he will know that Manikawan kept her word.'
"Seven suns ago Mookoomahn left the lodge. He travelled slowly, for
the spirits clung to his feet and made them heavy. The spirits tripped
him and made him fall often. He killed three ptarmigans as he
travelled, and the flesh of the ptarmigans made him strong to reach
the lodge of White Brother of the Snow.
"For seven suns the friend of White Brother of the Snow and Manikawan
have had no food. The Spirit of Death stood very near the lodge when
Mookoomahn left it. The Spirit of Death has entered the lodge and
destroyed Manikawan and the friend of White Brother of the Snow."
With this sombre prophecy Mookoomahn ceased speaking, and leaned back
exhausted. As they looked at him they could appreciate the sufferings
of Shad and Manikawan, and no great stretch of the imagination was
necessary to picture the gruesome spectacle that they had no doubt
awaited them in the lodge on the Great Lake.
XXV
A MISSION OF LIFE AND DEATH
Bob's face had grown pale and tense as he listened. With Mookoomahn's
last words he rose from the edge of the bunk where he had seated
himself, and turning to Ed Matheson, asked:
"Be you goin' with me, Ed? Th' moon's good for travellin', an' I knows
th' way."
"That I be," Ed responded, beginning his preparation at once. "I
couldn't be restin' here a minute knowin' them poor souls was dyin'
out there."
"I'm goin', too," declared Dick Blake, reaching for his adicky. "Three
can travel faster'n two, by changin' off in th' lead."
"What you doin', Bill, with your a dicky, now?" Ed suddenly asked,
observing that Bill Campbell was also drawing on his adicky. "Goin',"
answered Bill laconically.
"No, Bill, you better stay here with th' Injun," directed Ed.
"Somebody'll have t' stay with he. If they don't, by to-morrer he'll
get eatin' so much he'll kill hisself if he ain't watched.
"You stay an' keep an eye on he. Give he just a small bit t' a time,
till he gets over th' first sickness. He'll be wonderful sick
t'-night, an' for a week, but sick's he is, by day after t'-morrer
he'll be wonderful hungry, an' want t' eat everything in sight, an'
more too, an' if he eats too much 'twill kill he sure. His belly'll be
givin' he trouble for a month yet, whatever, two ways--wantin' t'
stuff un, an' makin' he sick because he does."
Bill Campbell was plainly disappointed, but there was no doubt Ed was
right, and laying aside his adicky he uncomplainingly assumed the role
of nurse to which Ed had assigned him.
The men set forth in haste upon their mission of life and death. The
moon, a white, cold patch, lay against the steel-blue sky. The snow,
thick coated with frost, glittered and scintillated in the moonlight.
A silence impressive, complete, tense, lay upon the frozen white
world. It spoke of death, as the bated breath of the storm, before it
breaks, speaks of calamity.
The three trappers, who had entered the tilt that evening wearied from
the day's labour upon the trail, forgot their weariness as they swung
forward at a rapid pace toward the camp on the Great Lake.
First one, then another, took the lead, breaking the trail and making
it easier for those who followed. To men less inured to hardship and
less accustomed to wilderness travel, it would have been a killing
pace, continued unabated, unvarying, hour after hour.
At length the moon, falling near the western horizon, threatened
quickly to withdraw her light; and then a halt was called, the tent
quickly stretched between two convenient trees, the sheet-iron stove
set up, a fire lighted, a few boughs spread for a bed, and the men
stretched themselves for a two hours' rest.
They were up again before light, a hurried breakfast was eaten, and
with daybreak they were away. Seldom was a word spoken. Each was
occupied with his own thoughts, and each was stingy of his breath. To
have talked would have been to expend energy.
Only once during the day did they halt, early in the evening, to make
tea and partake of much-needed refreshment, and then were quickly on
their way again, continuing by moonlight.
It was past midnight when, Ungava Bob in the lead, crossing a barren
rise, beheld the smooth white surface of the Great Lake stretching far
away to the northward. Descending the ridge and plunging into the thin
forest below, he turned with a nameless dread at his heart toward the
lodge where, three months before, he had said farewell to Shad and
Manikawan. Then they were in the full exuberance of health and
strength. How should he find them now? He dared not answer the
question.
A little farther, and the lodge, a black blot on the snow, loomed up
through the trees. Quickening his pace, he peered anxiously ahead for
smoke, half hoping, wholly dreading, the result. Yes, there it was!
The merest whiff rising above the protruding lodge poles at the top!
At least one lived!
Bob broke into a run, the others at his heels, and, scarcely halting
to drop the hauling rope of his toboggan from his shoulders, he lifted
the flap and entered, calling as he did so:
"Shad! Shad! Manikawan! Does you hear me?"
The place was dark. The smouldering embers of a fire gave out no
light, and receiving no answer Bob shouted to the others to bring a
candle. Ed Matheson had anticipated the need, and, close at Bob's
side, struck a light.
XXVI
"GREATER LOVE HATH NO MAN THAN THIS"
As the candle sputtered for a moment and then flared up, it revealed,
lying prone on opposite sides of the lodge, feet to the embers of the
dying fire, two human wrecks, whose emaciated features and shrunken
forms could never have been recognised as those of Shad and Manikawan.
Bob stooped, and taking Shad gently by the shoulder shook him, saying
as he did so:
"Shad! Shad! Shad!"
Slowly Shad, awakening from deep and exhausting slumber, opened his
cavernous eyes and stared vacantly at Bob.
"Shad!" Bob repeated. "'Tis Bob an' Ed an' Dick come for you! Shad! We
has grub, Shad!"
Still Shad gave no sign of recognition.
"Shad! Shad!" pleaded Bob. "Don 't you know me now, Shad?"
Then light came into Shad's face, and he forced himself to a sitting
position.
"Bob! Oh, Bob!" he exclaimed, in a weak voice. "Am I awake or is it
just a dream? Oh, Bob! Good old Bob! And Ed! and Dick! I was dreaming
of you and the tilts. The dear old tilts! And you've come! You've
really come? I heard you calling, Bob--days and days and days I heard
you, and I answered. But my voice was too weak, and you couldn't hear.
"We've been in hell, Bob! In hell! The devils chased us, Bob--chased
us for months and months and months. They looked like wolves,
Bob--hungry, ugly wolves. I shot one! Yes, shot it! We ate it, and it
was good! Ate the devil, Bob! and Ed! and Dick! Are you angels from
heaven, or really you?"
"A bit o' tea's what he needs first thing," suggested Ed, in a shaky
voice, as Shad paused in his ramblings. "Dick, you cut some wood, now,
an' I'll be fillin' th' kettle with ice an' get un over. Bob better be
stayin' right here."
"Bob!" Shad continued, as Dick and Ed passed out of the lodge. "Is it
really you, Bob?"
His voice was now more rational, though very weak.
"Yes, Shad, 'tis me."
"How is Manikawan, Bob? Look after her, won't you? I'm all right now.
I've tried to keep her out of the deep sleeps she falls into. I've
been afraid she'd die. But I was very tired, and I think I must have
been very sound asleep myself--and slept for hours. Leave me, Bob, and
wake her up. I'm all right."
Bob obediently passed over to Manikawan, leaving Shad sitting and
anxiously watching him.
It seemed for a time that he was not to succeed in rousing Manikawan
from the coma-like sleep into which she had passed. But when Dick
placed wood upon the fire, and the lodge began to warm, she displayed
symptoms of waking; and Bob lifted her head to his shoulder, chafed
her temples, and spoke her name over and over again. At last she
opened her eyes, and with almost instant recognition smiled:
"White Brother of the Snow--Manikawan is glad you have come. It
has--been--long--but Manikawan knew--White Brother of the Snow--would
come at last--she did not--leave his friend."
Then she paused, exhausted, but presently continued:
"Manikawan told--White Brother of the Snow--she would--stay until he
came--for his friend."
"Manikawan has done well. She has been very brave. She is a Ne-ne-not
(Nascaupee), and brave." Bob could trust himself to say no more, for
his voice was thick.
Manikawan's eyes lighted at these words of praise, and, never taking
them from Bob's face, she lay silent upon his shoulder until the food
was ready.
Ed Matheson gave some tea and a small portion of broiled ptarmigan and
bread to Shad, while Bob held the cup for Manikawan, then fed her some
morsels of the meat as one would have fed a child. It was difficult
for her to eat, though the tea stimulated her temporally, and she
began presently to speak again, in a scarcely audible voice:
"The Spirit--of Hunger--followed us. The Gaunt
Gray--Wolf--was--always--behind--us.
The--Spirit--of--Death--stood--at--the--door--of the--lodge. The
spirits--were--strong--and cunning--like--the
wolverine--Manikawan--was--weak--like a rabbit."
She was out of breath again and had to rest, and Bob held the cup of
tea to her lips. With renewed strength she continued:
"Manikawan--killed--two ptarmigans--with--her--arrow.
She--ate--the--entrails--but she--gave--the meat--to the friend--of
White Brother of--the Snow. She was--not afraid--to die.
She--could--not say to--White Brother--of the Snow--when he came--'The
Spirit--of Death--has--entered--the lodge--and--taken--your--friend.'"
There was another pause. Bob could see, and Ed and Dick could see that
the Spirit of Death was even then in the lodge, and that his cold hand
was upon Manikawan's brow. Tears trickled down Bob's cheeks. He could
not check them.
"White--Brother--of--the--Snow--must--not--feel--bad.
He--must--be--strong. Manikawan--is--happy.
She--is--warm--as--when--the--sun--grows--brave--in--summer--and--
comes--to--warm--the--earth."
A smile played upon her lips.
"Manikawan--is--very--happy.
She--sees--a--light--like--the--rising--sun.
White--Brother--of--the--Snow--"
That was the end. Bob's cheeks were wet as he laid the lifeless form
upon its couch of boughs, and gently covered it with a deerskin robe;
and tears streamed down the weather-beaten cheeks of the two rough
trappers standing at his side.
Manikawan was not a Christian. She had never heard of Christ and His
saving grace. But dare any say He did not welcome her to His Father's
house?
She had renounced her own hope of life by remaining behind in the
lodge when Mookoomahn left them. In the name of love and duty she had
made the supreme sacrifice--she had laid down her life for
another--and Christ hath said: "Greater love hath no man than this,
that a man lay down his life for his friends."
And, after all, did Manikawan not worship the same God that you and I
worship? Standing upon the high pinnacle of rock, looking toward the
rising sun, she offered a silent prayer to the Great Mystery, that she
might be made nobler, braver, and more generous--worthy to stand in
the presence of the Great Mystery--the Maker of heaven and earth and
all things.
We call Him God. Manikawan called Him the Great Mystery.
XXVII
SHAD'S TRIBUTE TO THE INDIAN MAIDEN
Though Shad's weakness caused him to wobble woefully when he walked,
his knee had much improved since the day of his injury.
The food, given him in small portions at frequent intervals, and the
assurance of continued life that the appearance of the rescuers
brought, stimulated his body to new strength and restored to him his
mental equilibrium. Hope is life, and one possessed of a large degree
of hope, coupled with a good physique, may withstand a tremendous
amount of hardship and privation.
The very presence of Manikawan during the long period of enforced
inactivity and waiting, had kept alive in Shad Trowbridge the hope
that Mookoomahn might after all reach the river tilt and send his
friends to the rescue before it was too late. Had it not been for
this, it is scarcely probable he would have survived until they came.
The few Indian words which Shad had acquired had not been sufficient
to permit him to carry on connected conversation with Manikawan or the
other Indians. Denied this privilege for so long, he talked almost
incessantly to the three trappers, while the four sat through the
hours until daybreak, keeping vigil with Death. He talked of the
prospect of continued life, and what a blessed thing it was to know
that he was still to be in and of the great and glorious world; of his
trying experiences since he had joined the Indians.
With dawn the tent was pitched among the trees, not far from the
lodge. Then they removed to its more comfortable shelter, with Bob
walking at Shad's side to steady his uncertain footsteps.
Shad was sick, and suffered severely from nausea that day--and at
intervals, indeed, for several days thereafter--a result that always
follows the introduction of food into the contracted stomach after a
long period of starvation, particularly when the food is of coarse
quality and unsuitably prepared.
Almost immediately, too, his legs began to swell. But this disturbed
him little. It was merely an incident and another result of his long
period of starvation, quite to be expected.
"Don't worry about un none," advised Ed Matheson, when Shad called
attention to the phenomenon. "Injuns as starves always gets swelled
legs, an' they stays swelled for quite a bit, too. Just forget un now.
You'll be all right so long's you don't get too rapid wi' th' grub,
an' set you'm belly swellin' too fast."
"Ed," said Shad, "after what I've been through, I think there's
nothing would alarm me much. It doesn't disturb me in the least to
have my legs swell. I'm rather proud of them. They contrast
beautifully with the rest of me, and give me a certain sense of
stability that otherwise I should not have, for they're the only part
of me that looks in the least natural. Do you hear my bones rattle
when I move? I have a presentment that, unless I'm pretty careful, my
skeleton will fall apart before I get flesh enough to hold it
together."
"Now that's th' way I likes t' see folk!" exclaimed Ed. "Not growlin'
like a bear because they looks summat like a dead man, an' because
they has a bit o' ache in their insides every time they eats. You'm do
look as though you'm just rize from th' grave. But you'm a wonderful
live corpse yet, Shad. A man may's well be happy even if he do feel
like all creation turned inside out, 'specially when he knows he ain't
goin' t' keep feelin' that way. A man is just as happy as he's
thinkin' he is, an' no happier, an' as miserable as he's thinkin' he
is an' no miserabler. I finds bein' happy an' content wi' things is
just a matter o' th' way o' lookin' at un."
"Yes, Ed, I think you're right," agreed Shad. "I'm finding no fault.
I'm thankful to be alive and in the beautiful world, and I'm very much
contented with my lot. I would be very happy, too, but for the thought
of that poor little Indian girl."
The earth, frozen to adamantine hardness, precluded the possibility of
digging a grave during the winter season. Therefore, after the manner
of her people, a platform of poles, high raised above the snow, was
built among the spruce trees to receive Manikawan's body.
It was late in the afternoon when the platform was completed and the
four weatherbeaten men again entered the silent lodge, where they were
to conduct a simple, primitive funeral service, and give Manikawan the
rites of Christian burial before raising her body to the platform.
Bob, who never was separated from the little Testament his mother had
given him years before, drew the book from his pocket when they had
seated themselves in the lodge, and opening to John xv, passed it to
Shad, who, accepting it, read the chapter aloud in a low but clear
voice, while the others reverently listened.
[Transcriber's note: John XV:12-13--"This is my commandment: love one
another as I love you. No one has greater love than this, to lay down
one's life for one's friends."]
"Bob," said Shad at length, closing the Testament, "you knew her
first. Tell us about her."
Responding, Bob described how Sishetakushin and Mookoomahn, finding
him unconscious in the snow, had carried him to their lodge--the very
lodge in which they were now sitting; and how upon first opening his
eyes to consciousness he had seen her, weaving the web of a snowshoe,
opposite him, across the fire--just where she was lying now; and she
had looked up and smiled when she discovered he was awake. And then,
ever gentle, ever considerate, she had nursed him to health, and
ministered to him until he had left them.
When Bob had finished, Shad spoke of her never-failing thoughtfulness
and consideration. Of the encouragement of her example as,
uncomplaining, she followed the weary, endless trail day after day. Of
her hand lightly laid upon his shoulder as she looked into his eyes
and spoke words of encouragement he could not understand, but which
never failed to call him back to himself and his manhood and to banish
an impulse which frequently assailed him to give up the fight for
life, lie down in the snow and accept the release from suffering which
Death offered.
"But her crowning sacrifice," said Shad, "came when she refused to
leave me alone to die; and I certainly could not have survived had I
been left in this lodge without human companionship.
"Manikawan could have gone on with Mookoomahn and saved herself. He
went to you and told you of our need. He did well, but he did it
mainly to save himself. It was the instinct of self-preservation that
gave him inspiration to accomplish it. But she remained, and remaining
she gave me the only food that fell to her arrow, while she starved.
That was divine unselfishness--divine sacrifice."
Stepping to the side of Manikawan's lifeless body, he lifted and laid
aside the skin robe which covered her face, then kneeling at her side,
with tears upon his cheeks, he continued:
"Manikawan, your skin was red, but your soul was as white as the
driven snow that covers the desolate land of your people. Your
features are shrunken with starvation and suffering, but still they
are beautiful, for they reflect the beautiful, unselfish soul which
they once sheltered.
"Your lips smile. Did you see the glory of heaven as you passed from
us--a thousand times more beautiful than the brilliant aurora or the
gorgeous sunsets that glorify the skies of this land of awful
desolation where you existed? Did you see the light of the Eternal
City shining through its gates when they were opened to receive you?"
As though in answer to Shad's question the last rays of the setting
sun dropped through the open top of the lodge and rested upon the
upturned face of the dead Indian maiden in a bright, illuminating
glow.
"Manikawan, you sacrificed your life to duty and to human sympathy.
You died a Christ-like death, and your sacrifice shall not be wasted.
Your body is dead, but your spirit still lives.
"So long as the breath of life is in me, Manikawan, I shall never
forget your example of patience and encouragement and self-effacement.
It has built for me new ideals. It has taught me that there are other
things to live for than the mere attainment of pleasure and the
gratification of selfish desires.
"You were an Indian, Manikawan, and the world would have called you a
pagan and a savage. But you have pointed out to me the way to a nobler
and better life."
Shad arose and resumed his seat. He had spoken in a voice of tense
earnestness, and for a little while all sat in awed silence. Then Ed
Matheson began to sing, and the others joined him:
"Rock of Ages, cleft for me,
Let me hide myself in thee."
With the last notes of the grand old hymn they all knelt, while big
Dick Blake, in a voice shaken with emotion, offered a short but
fervent prayer.
Manikawan's body was wrapped tightly in deerskin robes, and in the
darkening twilight of the cold winter evening it was reverently borne
to the newly erected platform among the spruce trees. Here it was to
lie exposed to winds and storms, but beyond the reach of marauding
animals, until the next summer's sun should warm and soften the earth
sufficiently to permit Mookoomahn and the trappers to dig a grave and
lay it in its final resting-place.
XXVIII
TROWBRIDGE AND GRAY, TRADERS
At the end of a week, when the supply of provisions which the trappers
had brought with them was running low, Shad suggested that he was
quite able to make the journey to the river tilt. His knee was now so
far improved that it caused him but slight inconvenience to walk, and
he was rapidly regaining strength.
He was anxious indeed to return to the tilt. He thought of it much as
one thinks of home; and the thought carried with it visions of rest
and comfort. The others could ill afford a longer absence from their
trails, and it was therefore with a sense of deep satisfaction to all
that the camp on the shore of the Great Lake was broken.
Travelling slowly, with Shad following in the well-packed trail which
the others made, they arrived at their destination on an afternoon
five days later, and were welcomed by Bill Campbell and Mookoomahn.
How deeply or how lightly Mookoomahn felt when he learned of
Manikawan's death, none knew. He listened in stoical silence while Bob
related to him in detail the circumstances of her going and the
subsequent happenings in the lodge and in the camp at the Great Lake;
but throughout the recital Mookoomahn made no comments, and his
countenance betrayed nothing of his sensations.
Mookoomahn was recovering rapidly. He was passing, indeed, quite
beyond Bill Campbell's control; and not satisfied now with the limited
portions of food which Bill, religiously adhering to the advice he had
received from Dick Blake and Ed Matheson, doled out to him, he had the
day before the return of the travellers stolen away to the willows
along the river bank below the tilt, killed some ptarmigans on his own
account, and gorged himself upon the flesh to his temporary
satisfaction; but nature balanced her account with him in the hours of
subsequent agony which he suffered for his indiscretion.
Fully a month elapsed after their return before Shad could eat a meal
with any assurance that it would not be followed by distress. His
normal appetite, however, had begun to return before they broke camp
on the Great Lake, and had quickly developed into a highly abnormal
appetite.
No sooner was one meal finished than his mind was centred upon the
next. At night his last thought was his next morning's breakfast, and
when he awoke breakfast was still on his mind. Eating during this
period of recuperation was to him the all-important object in life.
It was nearly a month after his return to the river tilt that Shad
first learned of Bob's loss of fortune. It was upon the occasion of
the fortnightly rendezvous, when Ed Matheson remarked:
"Th' next round's about th' last we can make. Th' fur's 'most too poor
t' take, now, an' when I comes back I'll strike up my traps. An' it's
been a wonderful poor hunt."
"Aye, wonderful poor, an' wonderful disappointin'," sighed Bob.
"Th' worst I ever see," continued Ed. "If 'tweren't for you, Bob,
clearin' Dick's an' my old debts, we'd be in a bad way gettin' next
fall's debt from th' Company. An' now your losin' all your money, th'
bad furrin' comes hard on you--wonderful hard. I'm fearin' th' new
debt we'll all have t' start off next season with'll be a big un."
"What money did you lose, Bob? I hadn't heard of it," asked Shad, as
Ed passed out of the tilt to join Dick and Bill, who were cleaning the
snow from the roof of the tilt in anticipation of an early thaw.
"Th' money I has in th' bank t' St. Johns," explained Bob. "When Ed
comes back from th' Bay he brings me a letter from Mother sayin' th'
bank broke an' th' money's gone."
"That's bad!" Shad sympathised. "How much was there?"
"About twelve thousand dollars. But 'tain't so bad. We has th' traps,
an' th' new trails laid."
"But that was the capital you were to begin trading on?"
"Aye, but we'll have t' give th' tradin' up now. I'm thinkin' th' Lard
weren't wantin' us t' go tradin' or t' have th' money, an' I'm not
complainin', though I were wonderful disappointed when I hears of un
first."
Shad asked many questions, in the course of which he drew from Bob a
description of the air castles which Bob had been building, and which
had been so unceremoniously knocked down about his ears by his
mother's letter; of the poverty-stricken condition of the Bay folk,
which Bob in his big-hearted and youthful enthusiasm had hoped to
relieve; and of many other things which he had planned to do with his
fortune.
Though all this was of the past, and of little importance now, he had
intended to keep it a secret. But he and Shad had grown very close
together, and somehow Shad had a way of drawing from him even his most
sacred thoughts--and before Bob realised it he had bared his heart to
his friend.
"An' I were thinkin'," said Bob, after the sum-total of his shattered
plans had been disclosed, "when we was up on th' Great Lake, what a
rare fine thing 'twould ha' been for th' Injuns, if I hadn't ha' lost
th' money, t' make a tradin' station an' a cache o' grub up th' other
end o' th' Great Lake--seventy or eighty miles in from where Manikawan
dies--so when another bad year comes th' Injuns down that way could
get grub t' carry un out t' th' Ungava post. If they'd been a cache
there this winter, Manikawan wouldn't ha' died, an' a lot o' th' other
poor Injuns as must ha' died would ha' got out."
"That's so," agreed Shad. "What an amount of suffering it would have
saved! And the poor little Indian girl wouldn't have been sacrificed."
The others returned at this point, and conversation drifted into other
channels--the striking up of the traps--the probability of an early
break-up--the hard times that the present season's failure was certain
to cause among the people of the Bay.
"Bob, if you're going to strike up and make this next trip your last
one of the season, I'm going over the trail with you," said Shad, the
following day. "I want to see again the trail I helped you lay, and
the tilts we built together. It seems a long while ago, and the memory
of it is already a pleasant one."
So on Monday morning they started on the last round of traps for the
season. The days were long now, and the sun was still high when they
reached the tilt on the first lake--the tilt where Manikawan had found
Bob's rifle, and the first of the series of tilts Bob and Shad had
built.
They cooked and ate their supper, and then lounged back upon their
bunks to chat of their first exploration of the trail, their visit to
the falls, and of Manikawan's unexpected appearance when they were on
the island.
Finally they lapsed into silence, Shad sitting on the edge of his
bunk, his elbows on his knees, and his chin in his palms; Bob lying
back, his hands folded under his head, his eyes studying the ceiling,
but his thoughts far away with the loved ones at home and with Emily
at school.
Suddenly Shad broke the silence and Bob's thoughts with the question:
"How would you like me for a partner, Bob?"
"A trappin' partner, Shad? 'Twould be fine, now!" exclaimed Bob,
coming back to himself and his surroundings. "But I was thinkin' you'd
be weary o' th' trails, Shad, after what you've been through."
"No, Bob, a trading partner;" and Shad sat up. "You were going into
business, Bob, but your loss, you tell me, has made it impossible,
because you have no capital. I'd like to be let in on your plans, for
they appeal to me. Such a trading operation as you outlined to me
should prove not only profitable, but at the same time would be a
practical method of relieving a vast amount of suffering. It would
give the Bay people independence and bring them a good many comforts
of life they've never enjoyed.
"And if your suggestion were carried out to establish two or three
trading stations with provision caches attached, up here in the Indian
hunting country, there could be no repetition of this year's horrible
experience.
"Now, Bob, you know the people and their needs, and you're an expert
in judging furs, but you haven't the funds to carry out your plan. I
don't know much about these things, but I have the funds. Let's come
together--your experience and knowledge against my cash--and form a
partnership. What do you say?"
"Oh, Shad! 'Twould be--'twould be th' grandest thing in th' world,
Shad!" and Bob's face flushed with excitement; and then, suddenly, he
continued: "But I couldn't do it, Shad. 'Twouldn't be fair for me t'
be partners, for I hasn't any money t' put in for a share."
"Don't be foolish, now, Bob. Don't talk nonsense. Money without a
knowledge of the people and their needs isn't enough. I haven't the
knowledge, and I'd make a failure of it alone. But with your knowledge
and my money we'd be successful.
"You've said a good many times that things don't happen by chance, but
are brought about by the direction of the Lord; haven't you, Bob?"
asked Shad.
"Aye, 'tis th' Lard brings things t' happen," admitted Bob.
"Now, Bob, listen to me. I came here in the first place just to enjoy
a pleasant summer's outing. Pleasure and good times were all I ever
thought of, and I knew nothing of life or life's higher motives. I
doubt if I could have earned my own bread if I had been turned loose
in the world empty-handed, because I hadn't the power or patience to
stick to a thing or to face discouraging conditions for any length of
time.
"I did not know the meaning of the word toil; I did not know what
privation meant, or the suffering that comes through privation. I had
always had whatsoever my fancy craved, and had never known want or
disappointment.
"Here in your country, Bob, I have experienced toil. I have been tried
out in the furnace fire of physical suffering and mental agony, and I
have learned what sympathy means.
"I am living to-day only because Manikawan, an Indian girl, made it
possible by the sacrifice of her own life for me to live. I'd have
given up and thrown myself down in the snow to die a hundred times but
for the encouragement she gave me to keep going, for I was constantly
possessed of a desire to seek the rest and peace of death. And those
poor Indians shared with me, Bob, the little they had, when they might
easily have left me to perish.
"Do you know, Bob, there has not been a night since she died that I
have not dreamed of Manikawan? She seems to say to me: 'I gave my life
for yours. Go forth and make your life useful--offer a helping hand to
others. It is in your power to guard my people from starvation.' So,
Bob, I've got to do it if I am ever to have peace of mind, and you've
got to help me.
"Do you think that these things just happened, Bob? Or were they
brought about by Divine direction? Don't you think that this
combination of incidents points out to us our life work? Don't you
think they suggest that we are to unite our talents and so use them
that we shall not only help ourselves but help others? Come, Bob, what
do you say?"
For a moment Bob did not speak, and when he did his voice betrayed
deep emotion.
"Th' way you puts un, Shad, I'm thinkin', now, you'm right. 'Tis th'
Lard's way o' bringin' things about. You'm wonderful good, Shad, t'
think o' me for a partner, an' I'll be wonderful proud t' be partners
with you, Shad."
"That's the way to talk, old man!" exclaimed Shad, grasping Bob's
hand.
"I'm not knowin' how t' thank you, Shad," replied Bob, his heart
overflowing.
"That feeling is reciprocated, Bob, so we won't either of us thank the
other. Now we've agreed to our partnership, we'll have plenty of time
to arrange the details of our business before we go to the Bay, and
then I think you'll have to make a trip to St. Johns or Boston with me
to have the co-partnership agreement drawn and executed in proper
legal form."
Shad explained to Bob that at the time of his birth his grandfather
set aside one hundred thousand dollars to be held in trust for his
benefit. It was provided that the income of this trust fund was to be
paid to his guardian annually, upon his birthday, to be applied to his
immediate needs, or to constitute an annual allowance of spending
money, until he attained his majority, when he was to receive the
principal.
"But I've never spent any of Grandfather's allowance," said Shad.
"Father got me everything I needed and kept me supplied with spending
money, and every year when the income from the trust fund came in
Father bought government bonds with it and placed the bonds in a
safety deposit vault for me.
"These bonds amount to more than the principal of the trust fund
now--I don't know just how much, but I know there's considerably more
than one hundred thousand dollars, for they have been earning interest
all these years.
"This money is mine to use as I see fit, and I'm going to invest one
hundred thousand dollars of it in our partnership and hold the balance
as a reserve. Of course my sister will have to act for me until I'm of
age. She's ten years older than I am, and has been my guardian since
Father died. She'll not object, for she has a great deal of confidence
in my judgment.
"When Father died, nearly three years ago, he left me a snug fortune,
and I have plenty to live on even if our trading venture doesn't prove
a money-making business at first."
"'Tis a wonderful lot o' money!" declared Bob. "More'n I can think!"
"We'll need a pretty fair capital to succeed," said Shad. "We'll have
to purchase a vessel of some sort to carry on trade along the outer
coast, and bring our supplies to the Bay, and carry to market our
furs, fish, and oil. You'll look after the native trade, with the men
you employ to help you, but I'll have to engage expert assistance in
purchasing the trading goods and disposing of the products to the best
advantage until I finish college and learn my end of the business. All
will cost money, though I hope when we once get started we'll build up
a trade that will warrant it."
Bob went to his bunk that night with his head all awhirl. The amount
of capital which Shad proposed to put into their partnership, and the
extensive business which he proposed to build up, were too big and too
wonderful for Bob to comprehend all at once.
A substantial structure had indeed taken the place of his tumbled air
castles, though it was long before he could bring himself to realise
that this structure was not, after all, another and greater air castle
than those which had been destroyed.
XXIX
THE FRUIT OF MANIKAWAN'S SACRIFICE
At length the break-up came, much as it always comes in that country.
The sun, grown strong and bold, vanquished the Spirit of Frost. The
snow became a sea of slush, and water covered the ice of lakes and
river. Finally the clouds opened, and for a week rain fell in a
deluge.
A thousand new streams sprang into being, rushing in white torrents to
join the swollen river. Cascades fell from every ledge and parapet.
Now and again a great boulder was loosened and went crashing down a
hillside with terrifying roar. The river, freed from its ice shackles,
overflowed its banks, and in the wild, unrestrained ardour of its new
power uprooted trees and washed them away upon its turbulent bosom as
it dashed madly seaward.
One day, when the rain had ceased and the waters had somewhat
subsided, Ungava Bob and Shad Trowbridge, accompanied by Mookoomahn,
turned northward in Shad's canoe to the Great Lake, following the
route which Manikawan had taken several months before in her journey
to the river tilt.
Manikawan's body was found as they had left it, and undisturbed. It
was lowered from its rude platform, and they laid it in its final
resting-place in a grave among the spruce trees not far from her
father's lodge. Over the grave a cairn of boulders was raised, and
surmounted by a tablet of wood upon which was carved simply the word
"MANIKAWAN."
Then they parted, Mookoomahn to turn northward in his long and lonely
journey to join his people, Bob and Shad to return to the river tilt,
and homeward.
It was on an afternoon late in June when the browned and
weather-beaten voyageurs turned their boat into Wolf Bight. What a
long, long time had elapsed, it seemed to Shad, since that foggy
morning in August when they had left the little cabin and said
farewell to the tearful group upon the shore; and how homelike and
restful the cabin looked now! What an age of experience had passed
since that night when Bob pulled him out of the Bay, and introduced
him, shivering and wet, to its hospitable shelter and warmth.
As they approached the shore a glad shout was heard, and a moment
later Emily--who had that very day reached home from St. Johns--and
Bessie, who was there to meet her, came running to the landing, with
Mrs. Gray and Richard and Douglas Campbell at their heels.
Emily laughed and cried with delight, quite smothering Bob with
kisses, and when she relinquished him to her mother she kissed each of
the other brown faces. Bob was quite impartial, and when his mother
released him Bessie was not forgotten in his greeting.
The most important, and therefore the first piece of news to be
imparted, was the partnership agreement between Shad and Bob. Douglas
at once prophesied success, and when, a fortnight later, Bob and
Richard took passage with Shad to St. Johns, Douglas accompanied them
as expert adviser in the selection of a trading vessel and the
necessary supplies for their posts.
* * * * *
The firm of Trowbridge and Gray began operations with the
establishment of stations in the interior, as originally designed.
Dick Blake was engaged to take charge of the post at the northerly end
of the Great Lake, where he quickly built up a large and lucrative
trade with both Nascaupee and Mountaineer Indians.
The river tilt was enlarged, and became a trading station and supply
base for the interior, over which Ed Matheson presided.
Bill Campbell, during the open season of navigation, had command of
the brigades of Indians employed to transport goods from Wolf Bight to
the interior posts, and during the midwinter months conducted a
sub-post and storehouse situated at the southerly end of the Great
Lake, not far from Manikawan's grave.
With the interior trade in such able hands, Ungava Bob devoted his
attention to the Bay trade, and it is needless to say that the
trappers of the region prospered.
Richard, in command of the trim schooner "Manikawan," also opened a
profitable trade with livyeres and Eskimos of the coast.
Shad Trowbridge, after graduation from college, quickly developed into
an able business man, and personally attended to the purchase of
supplies and the sale of products.
Trowbridge and Gray made mistakes, as was to be expected, and had
their ups and downs, but in the end they succeeded, and the firm is
known to-day from Boston to Hudson's Straits as one of the most
honourable and substantial concerns in the North.
At the very beginning of their career Shad and Bob adopted as their
trademark the picture of an Indian maiden with bow raised and arrow
poised ready for its flight, and beneath it the word "Manikawan." With
this constantly before them Shad declared they could never stray from
the original object of their enterprise, and could never forget the
lesson taught by Manikawan's heroic sacrifice. And never since the
firm began business have Manikawan's people failed to receive relief
in times of need, and never has there been a repetition of the awful
year of starvation.
"'Tis wonderfully strange, Bessie, how things come about," Bob
sometimes says to his wife, in their cosy home at St. Johns. "I used
to think the Lord had forgotten me sometimes, but I always found later
that those were the times He was nearest to me."
"The Lord has always been very close to you, Bob," Bessie invariably
replies.
Emily, at the earnest solicitation of Shad, was permitted to finish
her education in Boston under the chaperonage of Shad's sister, and
developed into a charming and accomplished woman, though she never
lost her love for the little cabin at Wolf Bight.
But the failures and successes of Trowbridge and Gray, and the
experiences of Emily in the new and greater world which she entered,
are stories by themselves, and each would require a volume to relate.
THE END
PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
EVERY BOY'S LIBRARY BOY SCOUT EDITION
The books in this library have been proven by nation-wide canvass to
be the one most universally in demand by the boys themselves.
Originally published in more expensive editions only they are now
re-issued at a lower price so that all boys may have the advantage of
reading and owning them. It is the only series of books published
under the control of this great organization, whose sole object is the
welfare and happiness of the boy himself.
Adventures in Beaver Stream Camp, Major A. R. Dugmore
Along the Mohawk Trail, Percy Keese Fitzhugh
Animal Heroes, Ernest Thompson Seton
Baby Elton, Quarter-Back, Leslie W. Quirk
Bartley, Freshman Pitcher, William Heyliger
Billy Topsail with Doctor Lake of the Labrador, Norman Duncan
The Biography of a Grizzly, Ernest Thompson Seton
The Boy Scouts of Black Eagle Patrol, Leslie W. Quirk
The Boy Scouts of Bob's Hill, Charles Pierce Burton
Brown Wolf and Other Stories, Jack London
Buccaneers and Pirates of Our Coasts, Frank R. Stockton
The Call of the Wild, Jack London
Cattle Ranch to College, R. Doubleday
College Years, Ralph D. Paine
Cruise of the Cachalot, Frank T. Bollen
The Cruise of the Dazzler, Jack London
Don Strong, Patrol Leader, William Heyliger
Don Strong of the Wolf Patrol. William Heyliger
For the Honor of the School, Ralph Henry Barbour
The Gaunt Gray Wolf, Dillon Wallace
Grit-a-Plenty, Dillon Wallace
The Half-Back, Ralph Henry Barbour
The Horsemen of the Plains, Joseph A. Altsheler
Jim Davis, John Masefield
Kidnapped, Robert Louis Stevenson
Last of the Chiefs, Joseph A. Altsheler
The Last of the Mohicans, James Fenimore Cooper
Last of the Plainsmen, Zane Grey
Lone Bull's Mistake, J. W. Shultz
Ranche on the Oxhide, Henry Inman
The Ransom of Red Chief and O. Henry
Other Stories for Boys, Edited by F. K. Mathiews
Scouting With Daniel Boone, Everett T. Tomlinson
Scouting With Kit Carson, Everett T. Tomlinson
Through College on Nothing a Year, Christian Gauss
Treasure Island, Robert Louis Stevenson
20,000 Leagues Under the Sea, Jules Verne
Under Boy Scout Colors, J. B. Ames
Ungava Bob, Dillon Wallace
GROSSET & DUNLAP, Publishers, NEW YORK
THE TOM SLADE BOOKS
By PERCY KEESE FITZHUGH
Author of "Roy Blakeley," "Pee-wee Harris," "Westy Martin," Etc.
Illustrated. Individual Picture Wrappers in Colors.
Every Volume Complete in Itself.
"Let your boy grow up with Tom Slade," is a suggestion which thousands
of parents have followed during the past, with the result that the TOM
SLADE BOOKS are the most popular boys' books published today. They
take Tom Slade through a series of typical boy adventures through his
tenderfoot days as a scout, through his gallant days as an American
doughboy in France, back to his old patrol and the old camp ground at
Black Lake, and so on.
TOM SLADE, BOY SCOUT
TOM SLADE AT TEMPLE CAMP
TOM SLADE ON THE RIVER
TOM SLADE WITH THE COLORS
TOM SLADE ON A TRANSPORT
TOM SLADE WITH THE BOYS OVER THERE
TOM SLADE, MOTORCYCLE DISPATCH BEARER
TOM SLADE WITH THE FLYING CORPS
TOM SLADE AT BLACK LAKE
TOM SLADE ON MYSTERY TRAIL
TOM SLADE'S DOUBLE DARE
TOM SLADE ON OVERLOOK MOUNTAIN
TOM SLADE PICKS A WINNER
TOM SLADE AT BEAR MOUNTAIN
TOM SLADE: FOREST RANGER
TOM SLADE IN THE NORTH WOODS
GROSSET & DUNLAP, Publishers, NEW YORK
THE ROY BLAKELEY BOOKS
By PERCY KEESE FITZHUGH
Author of "Tom Slade," "Pee-wee Harris," "Westy Martin," Etc.
Illustrated. Picture Wrappers in Color.
Every Volume Complete in Itself.
In the character and adventures of Roy Blakeley are typified the very
essence of Boy life. He is a real boy, as real as Huck Finn and Tom
Sawyer. He is the moving spirit of the troop of Scouts of which he is
a member, and the average boy has to go only a little way in the first
book before Roy is the best friend he ever had, and he is willing to
part with his best treasure to get the next book in the series.
ROY BLAKELEY
ROY BLAKELEY'S ADVENTURES IN CAMP
ROY BLAKELEY, PATHFINDER
ROY BLAKELEY'S CAMP ON WHEELS
ROY BLAKELEY'S SILVER FOX PATROL
ROY BLAKELEY'S MOTOR CARAVAN
ROY BLAKELEY, LOST, STRAYED OR STOLEN
ROY BLAKELEY'S BEE-LINE HIKE
ROY BLAKELEY AT THE HAUNTED CAMP
ROY BLAKELEY'S FUNNY BONE HIKE
ROY BLAKELEY'S TANGLED TRAIL
ROY BLAKELEY ON THE MOHAWK TRAIL
ROY BLAKELEY'S ELASTIC HIKE
ROY BLAKELEY'S ROUNDABOUT HIKE
GROSSET & DUNLAP, Publishers, NEW YORK
THE PEE-WEE HARRIS BOOKS
By PERCY KEESE FITZHUGH
Author of "Tom Slade," "Roy Blakeley," "Westy Martin," Etc.
Illustrated. Individual Picture Wrappers in Color.
Every Volume Complete in Itself.
All readers of the Tom Slade and the Roy Blakeley books are acquainted
with Pee-wee Harris. These stories record the true facts concerning
his size (what there is a it) and his heroism (such as it is), his
voice, his clothe his appetite, his friends, his enemies, his victims.
Together with the thrilling narrative of how he foiled, baffled,
circumvented and triumphed over everything and everybody (except where
he failed) and how even when he failed he succeeded. The whole
recorded in a series of screams and told with neither muffler nor
cut-out.
PEE-WEE HARRIS
PEE-WEE HARRIS ON THE TRAIL
PEE-WEE HARRIS IN CAMP
PEE-WEE HARRIS IN LUCK
PEE-WEE HARRIS ADRIFT
PEE-WEE HARRIS F. O. B. BRIDGEBORO
PEE-WEE HARRIS FIXER
PEE-WEE HARRIS: AS GOOD AS HIS WORD
PEE-WEE HARRIS: MAYOR FOR A DAY
PEE-WEE HARRIS AND THE SUNKEN TREASURE
GROSSET & DUNLAP, Publishers, NEW YORK
End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Gaunt Gray Wolf, by Dillon Wallace
*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE GAUNT GRAY WOLF ***
***** This file should be named 29374.txt or 29374.zip *****
This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
https://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/3/7/29374/
Produced by Don Kostuch
Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
will be renamed.
Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
redistribution.
*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
https://gutenberg.org/license).
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg-tm License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
that
- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License. You must require such a user to return or
destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
Project Gutenberg-tm works.
- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
of receipt of the work.
- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
opportunities to fix the problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
people in all walks of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
page at https://pglaf.org
For additional contact information:
Dr. Gregory B. Newby
Chief Executive and Director
gbnewby@pglaf.org
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
particular state visit https://pglaf.org
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works.
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
https://www.gutenberg.org
This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
|